U.S. patent application number 12/390318 was filed with the patent office on 2009-07-30 for inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme.
This patent application is currently assigned to Abbott Laboratories. Invention is credited to R. Scott Bitner, Kaitlin E. Browman, Michael E. Brune, Jurgen Dinges, Steven Fung, Peer B. Jacobson, James T. Link, Jyoti R. Patel, Jeffrey J. Rohde, Lynne E. Rueter, Qi Shuai, Bryan K. Sorensen, Marina I. Strakhova, Jiahong Wang, Martin Winn, Vince S. Yeh, Hong Yong.
Application Number | 20090192198 12/390318 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 40899873 |
Filed Date | 2009-07-30 |
United States Patent
Application |
20090192198 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Bitner; R. Scott ; et
al. |
July 30, 2009 |
INHIBITORS OF THE 11-BETA-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE 1
ENZYME
Abstract
The present invention relates to inhibitors of the
11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1 enzyme and their use in
treatment of non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes, insulin
resistance, obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic syndrome, central
nervous system disorders, and diseases and conditions that are
related to excessive glucocorticoids.
Inventors: |
Bitner; R. Scott; (Pleasant
Prarie, WI) ; Browman; Kaitlin E.; (Deerfield,
IL) ; Brune; Michael E.; (Mundelein, IL) ;
Fung; Steven; (Mount Prospect, IL) ; Jacobson; Peer
B.; (Libertyville, IL) ; Rueter; Lynne E.;
(Round Lake Beach, IL) ; Strakhova; Marina I.;
(Vernon Hills, IL) ; Wang; Jiahong; (Lake Bluff,
IL) ; Patel; Jyoti R.; (Libertyville, IL) ;
Shuai; Qi; (Dekalb, IL) ; Link; James T.;
(Stanford, CA) ; Rohde; Jeffrey J.; (Evanston,
IL) ; Dinges; Jurgen; (Wadsworth, IL) ;
Sorensen; Bryan K.; (Antioch, IL) ; Winn; Martin;
(Deerfield, IL) ; Yong; Hong; (Libertyville,
IL) ; Yeh; Vince S.; (San Diego, CA) |
Correspondence
Address: |
PAUL D. YASGER;ABBOTT LABORATORIES
100 ABBOTT PARK ROAD, DEPT. 377/AP6A
ABBOTT PARK
IL
60064-6008
US
|
Assignee: |
Abbott Laboratories
Abbott Park
IL
|
Family ID: |
40899873 |
Appl. No.: |
12/390318 |
Filed: |
February 20, 2009 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
12355909 |
Jan 19, 2009 |
|
|
|
12390318 |
|
|
|
|
11325965 |
Jan 5, 2006 |
7511175 |
|
|
12355909 |
|
|
|
|
12195937 |
Aug 21, 2008 |
|
|
|
11325965 |
|
|
|
|
60641520 |
Jan 5, 2005 |
|
|
|
60957082 |
Aug 21, 2007 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
514/341 ;
514/277; 514/569; 514/613 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61P 25/24 20180101;
A61P 3/00 20180101; C07C 2603/74 20170501; C07D 207/48 20130101;
A61K 31/19 20130101; C07C 235/14 20130101; C07D 401/04 20130101;
A61P 35/00 20180101; A61P 25/18 20180101; C07C 237/24 20130101;
A61P 25/22 20180101; C07C 235/22 20130101; C07D 257/04 20130101;
A61P 25/28 20180101; C07D 261/08 20130101; C07C 271/28 20130101;
A61P 3/10 20180101; A61K 31/165 20130101; A61K 31/4439 20130101;
A61P 3/04 20180101; A61P 9/12 20180101; C07C 2601/14 20170501; C07D
295/088 20130101; C07C 311/46 20130101; C07C 2601/18 20170501 |
Class at
Publication: |
514/341 ;
514/277; 514/569; 514/613 |
International
Class: |
A61K 31/4439 20060101
A61K031/4439; A61K 31/19 20060101 A61K031/19; A61P 35/00 20060101
A61P035/00; A61K 31/165 20060101 A61K031/165 |
Claims
1. A method for treating a patient suffering from a
glucocorticoid-related central nervous system disorder, comprising
administering to the patient an effective amount of a selective
inhibitor of 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1 enzyme
activity, wherein the inhibitor is a compound according to formula
(I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, salt of a
prodrug, or a combination thereof, ##STR00020## wherein A.sup.1,
A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are each individually selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkenyl, alkyl, alkyl-NH-alkyl,
alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl,
cyano, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, arylcarbonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl,
heterocyclesulfonyl, halogen, haloalkyl,
--NR.sup.5--[C(R.sup.6R.sup.7)].sub.n--C(O)--R.sup.8,
--O--[C(R.sup.9R.sup.10)].sub.p--C(O)--R.sup.11, --OR.sup.12,
--S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl, --N(R.sup.13R.sup.14), --CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17), --C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20,
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26); R.sup.18a
and R.sup.19a are each independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; n is 0 or 1; p is 0 or 1; D is a
member selected from the group consisting of a --O--, --S--,
--S(O)-- and --S(O).sub.2--; E is a member selected from the group
consisting of alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, haloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, or
R.sup.4 and E taken together with the atoms to which they are
attached form a heterocycle; R.sup.1 is a member selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R.sup.2 is a member
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl and
cycloalkyl; R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are each independently selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle and heterocyclealkyl, or
R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which they are
attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of
cycloalkyl and heterocycle; R.sup.5 is a member selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl and heterocycleoxyalkyl; R.sup.6 and R.sup.7 are
each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
and alkyl, or R.sup.6 and R.sup.7 taken together with the atom to
which they are attached form a ring selected from the group
consisting of cycloalkyl and heterocycle; R.sup.8 is selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,
cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy,
aryloxyalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl and
--N(R.sup.27R.sup.28); R.sup.9 and R.sup.10 are each independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or
R.sup.9 and R.sup.10 taken together with the atom to which they are
attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of
cycloalkyl and heterocycle; R.sup.11 is selected from the group
consisting of hydroxy and --N(R.sup.29R.sup.30); R.sup.12 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,
carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
aryloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl and
heterocycleoxyalkyl; R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are each independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,
alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, arylsulfonyl,
carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl,
heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl,
heterocycleoxyalkyl and heterocyclesulfonyl; R.sup.15 is selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyalkyl,
cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl and heterocycleoxyalkyl; R.sup.16 and R.sup.17 are
each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy,
aryloxyalkyl, arylsulfonyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylsulfonyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryloxy,
heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl,
heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocyclesulfonyl, hydroxy,
and -alkyl-C(O)N(R.sup.201R.sup.202), or, R.sup.16 and R.sup.17
taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle; R.sup.201 and R.sup.202 are independently selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R.sup.18, R.sup.19
and R.sup.20 are each independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle and heterocyclealkyl; R.sup.21 and
R.sup.22 are each independently selected from the group consisting
of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, aryl,
arylcarbonyl, arylsulfonyl, cycloalkyl, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclecarbonyl and heterocyclesulfonyl; R.sup.23 and R.sup.24
are each independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl, aryl,
arylcarbonyl, aryloxy, arylsulfonyl, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkyloxy,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryloxy,
heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclecarbonyl,
heterocycleoxy, heterocyclesulfonyl and hydroxy, or, R.sup.23 and
R.sup.24 taken together with the atom to which they are attached
form a ring selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and
heterocycle; R.sup.25 and R.sup.26 are each independently selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy,
alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocycleoxy,
heterocyclesulfonyl, and hydroxy, or, R.sup.25 and R.sup.26 taken
together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle; R.sup.27 and R.sup.28 are each independently selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy,
alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl,
heterocyclesulfonyl and hydroxy, or, R.sup.27 and R.sup.28 taken
together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle; and R.sup.29 and R.sup.30 are each independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy,
alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl,
heterocyclesulfonyl, and hydroxy, or, R.sup.29 and R.sup.30 taken
together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle; provided that, if R.sup.1 is hydrogen; then at least
one of A.sup.1, A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 is not hydrogen.
2. The method according to claim 2, wherein the inhibitor is a
therapeutically suitable metabolite of a compound of formula
(I).
3. The method according to claim 1, wherein the inhibitor is a
compound selected from the group consisting of
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-phenoxypropanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-{[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]oxy}propanoyl)amino]adamanta-
ne-1-carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(2-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-ca-
rboxylic acid;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(3-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-ca-
rboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(cycloheptyloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-4-{[2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-ca-
rboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carb-
oxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(4-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamant-
ane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-[(2-phenoxypropanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carb-
oxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-4-{[2-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-car-
boxamide;
E-4-{[2-(4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1--
carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(3-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxami-
de;
E-2-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl)-2-methyl-propionam-
ide;
E-{[2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxam-
ide;
E-4-{[2-(3-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
amide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adama-
ntane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(3-bromophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
4-({[((E)-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adaman-
tyl)carbonyl]amino}methyl)benzoic acid;
E-4-{[2-(2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic acid; tert-butyl
4-(2-{[(E)-5-(aminocarbonyl)-2-adamantyl]amino}-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxoethoxy)-
phenylcarbamate;
E-N-[4-(aminocarbonyl)benzyl]-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]a-
mino}adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-N-[4-(aminocarbonyl)methyl]-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]a-
mino}adamantane-1-carboxamide;
3-({[((E)-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)ca-
rbonyl]amino}methyl)benzoic acid;
E-4-({2-[(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)oxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(2-cyanophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide-
;
E-4-{[2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxam-
ide;
((E)-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)ace-
tic acid;
N-[(E)-5-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-
-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-ylmethyl)-2-adamant-
yl]propanamide;
N-{(E)-5-[(aminosulfonyl)methyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methy-
lpropanamide;
N-{(E)-5-[(Z)-amino(hydroxyimino)methyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-
-2-methylpropanamide;
E-N-[4-(aminosulfonyl)benzyl]-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]a-
mino}adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-N-(4-{[(methylsulfonyl-
)amino]carbonyl}benzyl)adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-({2-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-carbo-
xylic acid;
E-4-({2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-carb-
oxamide amide;
E-4-({2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfinyl]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1--
carboxamide;
E-4-({2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfonyl]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1--
carboxamide;
E-4-({2-[4-chloro-2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}a-
mino)adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1--
carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1--
carboxamide;
E-4-[(2-{4-chloro-2-[(diethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxy}-2-methylpropanoyl)am-
ino]adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)
adamantane-1-carboxamide;
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl
propanamide;
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-yl)-2-adam-
antyl]propanamide;
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylthio)-2-adamantyl]p-
ropanamide;
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylsulfonyl)-2-adamant-
yl]propanamide;
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylsulfinyl)-2-adamant-
yl]propanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropana-
mide;
E-4-({[1-(4-chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl]carbonyl}amino)adamantane-1-car-
boxamide;
4-[({[((E)-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-ad-
amantyl)methyl]sulfonyl}amino)methyl]benzoic acid;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-(1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl
propanamide;
(2E)-3-((E)-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)-
acrylic acid;
(E)-4-[(2-methyl-2-{[5-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy}propanoyl)amino]-
adamantane-1-carboxamide;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-isoxazol-5-yl-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropanami-
de;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-{(E)-5-[(2-morpholin-4-ylethoxy)methyl]-
-2-adamantyl}propanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropana-
mide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)pr-
opanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(4-methylpheno-
xy)propanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethyl)phen-
oxy]propanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethoxy)phe-
noxy]propanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-meth-
yl propanamide;
E-4-{[2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(5-morpholin-4-ylpyridin-2-yl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adama-
ntane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(pyridin-2-yloxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamid-
e;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-{E)-5-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]-2-adamanty-
l}propanamide;
3-((E)-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)propa-
noic acid;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-{(E)-5-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]-2-adaman-
tyl}-2-methyl propanamide;
E-4-[(2-{[5-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy}-2-methylpropanoyl)amino]a-
damantane-1-carboxamide;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-2-adamantyl]propa-
namide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(3-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-
propanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(3-methylphenoxy)propana-
mide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylp-
ropanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(3-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropan-
amide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methyl-
propanamide;
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-cyanophenoxy)-2-methylpropanam-
ide;
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
amide;
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(3-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carb-
oxamide;
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-{[(1S,2S)-2-methylcyclohexyl]oxy}propanoyl)amino-
]adamantane-1-carboxylic acid;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(2-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-ca-
rboxamide
E-4-{[2-(cycloheptyloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-ca-
rboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane--
1-carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(3-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-ca-
rboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1--
carboxamide;
4-{[({(E)-4-[(2-methyl-2-phenoxypropanoyl)amino]-1-adamantyl}carbonyl)ami-
no]methyl}benzoic acid;
E-4-({2-[(4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl)oxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane--
1-carboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yloxy)propanoyl]amino}ad-
amantane-1-carboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(4-bromophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(1-naphthyloxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(2,3-dichlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantan-
e-1-carboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(2,5-dichlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantan-
e-1-carboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(2,4-dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantan-
e-1-carboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(2-naphthyloxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-4-{[2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantan-
e-1-carboxylic acid;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(7-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)oxy]propanoyl}amino-
)adamantane-1-carboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(4-bromo-2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-ca-
rboxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(1,1'-biphenyl-3-yloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carb-
oxylic acid;
E-4-{[2-(2-bromophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-N-[4-(aminocarbonyl)benzyl]-4-[(2-methyl-2-phenoxypropanoyl)amino-
]adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-N-(1,3-thiazol-5-ylmet-
hyl)adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-N-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-
adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(4-aminophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide-
;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-
-1-carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
-carboxamide;
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)
adamantane-1-carboxamide;
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropan-
amide;
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-cyano-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpr-
opanamide;
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-{4-[(trifluoroacetyl)amino]phenoxy}propanoyl)a-
mino]adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(2,5-dibromo-4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-
-1-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(2-bromo-4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide;
E-4-{[2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-N,N-dimethyla-
damantane-1-carboxamide;
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-((E)-5-{[(4-methoxy-6-methylpyrimidin-2-yl)amino]me-
thyl}-2-adamantyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
E-4-{[2-(4-{[(tert-butylamino)carbonyl]amino}phenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]a-
mino}adamantane-1-carboxamide; ethyl
4-(2-{[(E)-5-(aminocarbonyl)-2-adamantyl]amino}-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxoethoxy)-
phenylcarbamate;
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-{4-[(propylsulfonyl)amino]phenoxy}propanoyl)amino]adaman-
tane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-[(2-{4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)amino]phenoxy}-2-methylpropanoyl)amino]-
adamantane-1-carboxamide;
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(phenylsulfinyl)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid;
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(phenylsulfonyl)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbo-
xylic acid;
N-[(E)-5-cyano-2-adamantyl]-2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfonyl]-2-methylpropana-
mide;
2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfonyl]-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-yl)--
2-adamantyl]propanamide; and
E-4-({2-[4-(benzyloxy)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-carbo-
xamide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, salt of a
prodrug, or a combination thereof.
4. The method of claim 1 for treating or prophylactically treating
disorders in a mammal.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorders are mediated by
excessive glucocorticoid action in a mammal.
6. The method of claim 4 for treating a patient suffering from a
glucocorticoid-related central nervous system disorder.
7. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is selected from the
group consisting of decline in cognitive function in Cushing's
syndrome, non insulin dependent type 2 diabetes, insulin
resistance, obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic syndrome,
hypertension, Alzheimer's and associated dementias, cognitive
deficits associated with aging and neurodegeneration, dementia,
senile dementia, AIDS dementia, major depressive disorder,
psychotic depression, treatment resistant depression, anxiety,
panic disorder, post traumatic stress disorder, depression in
Cushing's syndrome, steroid-induced acute psychosis, cognitive
deficits associated with diabetes, attention deficit disorder in
general, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), mild
cognitive impairment, neuronal dysfunction, and schizophrenia.
8. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is selected from the
group consisting of non insulin dependent type 2 diabetes, insulin
resistance, obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic syndrome, and
hypertension.
9. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is selected from the
group consisting of Cushing's syndrome, decline in cognitive
function in Cushing's syndrome, Alzheimer's disease and associated
dementias, cognitive deficits associated with aging and
neurodegeneration, dementia, senile dementia, AIDS dementia, major
depressive disorder, psychotic depression, treatment resistant
depression, anxiety, panic disorder, post traumatic stress
disorder, depression in Cushing's syndrome, steroid-induced acute
psychosis, cognitive deficits associated with diabetes, attention
deficit disorder in general, attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder (ADHD), mild cognitive impairment, neuronal dysfunction,
and schizophrenia.
10. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is Alzheimer's
disease.
11. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is decline in
cognitive function in Alzheimer's and associated dementias.
12. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is cognitive
deficits associated with aging or neurodegeneration.
13. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is dementia, senile
dementia or AIDS dementia.
14. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is depression.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the depression is major
depressive disorder, psychotic depression, depression in Cushing's
syndrome, or treatment resistant depression.
16. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is anxiety, panic
disorder, post traumatic stress disorder, or steroid-induced acute
psychosis.
17. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is cognitive
deficits associated with diabetes, attention deficit disorder in
general, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), or mild
cognitive impairment.
18. The method of claim 4, wherein the disorder is schizophrenia.
Description
[0001] This application is a continuation-in-part application of
U.S. Non-Provisional patent application Ser. No. 12/355,909, filed
Jan. 19, 2009, which is a continuation application of U.S.
Non-Provisional patent application Ser. No. 11/325,965, filed Jan.
5, 2006, which claims priority from U.S. Provisional Patent
Application Ser. No. 60/641,520, filed Jan. 5, 2005, which are
incorporated herein by reference. Also, this application is a
continuation-in-part of U.S. Non-Provisional patent application
Ser. No. 12/195,937, filed Aug. 21, 2008, which claims priority
from U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/957,082, filed
Aug. 21, 2007, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
FIELD OF INVENTION
[0002] The present invention relates to compounds that are
inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1
enzyme. The present invention further relates to the use of
inhibitors of 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1 enzyme
for the treatment of non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes, insulin
resistance, obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic syndrome, disorders
and deficits of the central nervous system associated with
diabetes, associated with aging and neurodegeneration, comprising
attention deficit disorder in general, attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), Alzheimer's disease (AD), mild
cognitive impairment, senile dementia, AIDS dementia,
neurodegeneration, depression, and schizophrenia, and other
diseases and conditions that are mediated by excessive
glucocorticoid action.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Insulin is a hormone that modulates glucose and lipid
metabolism. Impaired action of insulin (i.e., insulin resistance)
results in reduced insulin-induced glucose uptake, oxidation and
storage, reduced insulin-dependent suppression of fatty acid
release from adipose tissue (i.e., lipolysis) and reduced
insulin-mediated suppression of hepatic glucose production and
secretion. Insulin resistance frequently occurs in diseases that
lead to increased and premature morbidity and mortality.
[0004] Diabetes mellitus is characterized by an elevation of plasma
glucose levels (hyperglycemia) in the fasting state or after
administration of glucose during a glucose tolerance test. While
this disease may be caused by several underlying factors, it is
generally grouped into two categories, Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes.
Type 1 diabetes, also referred to as Insulin Dependent Diabetes
Mellitus ("IDDM"), is caused by a reduction of production and
secretion of insulin. In type 2 diabetes, also referred to as
non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, or NIDDM, insulin
resistance is a significant pathogenic factor in the development of
hyperglycemia. Typically, the insulin levels in type 2 diabetes
patients are elevated (i.e., hyperinsulinemia), but this
compensatory increase is not sufficient to overcome the insulin
resistance. Persistent or uncontrolled hyperglycemia in both type 1
and type 2 diabetes mellitus is associated with increased incidence
of macrovascular and/or microvascular complications including
atherosclerosis, coronary heart disease, peripheral vascular
disease, stroke, nephropathy, neuropathy and retinopathy.
[0005] Insulin resistance, even in the absence of profound
hyperglycemia, is a component of the metabolic syndrome. Recently,
diagnostic criteria for metabolic syndrome have been established.
To qualify a patient as having metabolic syndrome, three out of the
five following criteria must be met: elevated blood pressure above
130/85 mmHg, fasting blood glucose above 110 mg/dl, abdominal
obesity above 40'' (men) or 35'' (women) waist circumference and
blood lipid changes as defined by an increase in triglycerides
above 150 mg/dl or decreased HDL cholesterol below 40 mg/dl (men)
or 50 mg/dl (women). It is currently estimated that 50 million
adults, in the US alone, fulfill these criteria. That population,
whether or not they develop overt diabetes mellitus, are at
increased risk of developing the macrovascular and microvascular
complications of type 2 diabetes listed above.
[0006] Available treatments for type 2 diabetes have recognized
limitations. Diet and physical exercise can have profound
beneficial effects in type 2 diabetes patients, but compliance is
poor. Even in patients having good compliance, other forms of
therapy may be required to further improve glucose and lipid
metabolism.
[0007] One therapeutic strategy is to increase insulin levels to
overcome insulin resistance. This may be achieved through direct
injection of insulin or through stimulation of the endogenous
insulin secretion in pancreatic beta cells. Sulfonylureas (e.g.,
tolbutamide and glipizide) or meglitinide are examples of drugs
that stimulate insulin secretion (i.e., insulin secretagogues)
thereby increasing circulating insulin concentrations high enough
to stimulate insulin-resistant tissue. However, insulin and insulin
secretagogues may lead to dangerously low glucose concentrations
(i.e., hypoglycemia). In addition, insulin secretagogues frequently
lose therapeutic potency over time.
[0008] Two biguanides, metformin and phenformin, may improve
insulin sensitivity and glucose metabolism in diabetic patients.
However, the mechanism of action is not well understood. Both
compounds may lead to lactic acidosis and gastrointestinal side
effects (e.g., nausea or diarrhea).
[0009] Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., acarbose) may delay
carbohydrate absorption from the gut after meals, which may in turn
lower blood glucose levels, particularly in the postprandial
period. Like biguanides, these compounds may also cause
gastrointestinal side effects.
[0010] Glitazones (i.e., 5-benzylthiazolidine-2,4-diones) are a
newer class of compounds used in the treatment of type 2 diabetes.
These agents may reduce insulin resistance in multiple tissues,
thus lowering blood glucose. The risk of hypoglycemia may also be
avoided. Glitazones modify the activity of the Peroxisome
Proliferator Activated Receptor ("PPAR") gamma subtype. PPAR is
currently believed to be the primary therapeutic target for the
main mechanism of action for the beneficial effects of these
compounds. Other modulators of the PPAR family of proteins are
currently in development for the treatment of type 2 diabetes
and/or dyslipidemia. Marketed glitazones suffer from side effects
including bodyweight gain and peripheral edema.
[0011] Additional treatments to normalize blood glucose levels in
patients with diabetes mellitus are needed. Other therapeutic
strategies are being explored. For example, research is being
conducted concerning Glucagon-Like Peptide 1 ("GLP-1") analogues
and inhibitors of Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV ("DPP-IV") that increase
insulin secretion. Other examples include: Inhibitors of key
enzymes involved in the hepatic glucose production and secretion
(e.g., fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase inhibitors) and direct
modulation of enzymes involved in insulin signaling (e.g., Protein
Tyrosine Phosphatase-1B, or "PTP-1B").
[0012] Another method of treating or prophylactically treating
diabetes mellitus includes using inhibitors of
11-.beta.-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1 (11.beta.-HSD1). Such
methods are discussed in J. R. Seckl et al., Endocrinology, 142:
1371-1376, 2001 and references cited therein. Glucocorticoids are
steroid hormones that are potent regulators of glucose and lipid
metabolism. Excessive glucocorticoid action may lead to insulin
resistance, type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia, increased abdominal
obesity and hypertension. Glucocorticoids circulate in the blood in
an active form (i.e., cortisol in humans) and an inactive form
(i.e., cortisone in humans). 11.beta.-HSD1, which is highly
expressed in liver and adipose tissue, converts cortisone to
cortisol leading to higher local concentration of cortisol.
Inhibition of 11.beta.-HSD1 prevents or decreases the tissue
specific amplification of glucocorticoid action thus imparting
beneficial effects on blood pressure and glucose- and
lipid-metabolism.
[0013] 11.beta.-HSD-1 is a low affinity enzyme with K.sub.m for
cortisone in the micromolar range that prefers NADPH/NADP.sup.+
(nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate) as cofactors.
11.beta.-HSD-1 is widely expressed and particularly high expression
levels are found in liver, brain, lung, adipose tissue, and
vascular smooth muscle cells. In vitro studies indicate that
11.beta.-HSD-1 is capable of acting both as a reductase and a
dehydrogenase. However, many studies have shown that it functions
primarily as a reductase in vivo and in intact cells. It converts
inactive 11-ketoglucocorticoids (i.e., cortisone or
dehydrocorticosterone) to active 11-hydroxyglucocorticoids (i.e.,
cortisol or corticosterone), and thereby amplifies glucocorticoid
action in a tissue-specific manner.
[0014] 11.beta.-HSD-1 is expressed in mammalian brain, and
published data indicates that elevated levels of glucocorticoids
may cause neuronal degeneration and dysfunction, particularly in
the aged (de Quervain et al., Hum Mol Genet., 13, 47-52 (2004);
Belanoff et al. J. Psychiatr Res., 35, 127-35, (2001)). Evidence in
rodents and humans suggests that prolonged elevation of plasma
glucocorticoid levels impairs cognitive function that becomes more
profound with aging. (A. M. Issa et al., J. Neurosci., 10,
3247-3254 (1990); S. J. Lupien et. al., Nat. Neurosci., 1, 69-73
(1998); J. L. Yau et al., Neuroscience, 66, 571-581 (1995)).
Chronic excessive cortisol levels in the brain may result in
neuronal loss and neuronal dysfunction. (D. S. Kerr et al.,
Psychobiology, 22, 123-133 (1994); C. Woolley, Brain Res., 531,
225-231, (1990); P. W. Landfield, Science, 272, 1249-1251 (1996)).
Furthermore, glucocorticoid-induced acute psychosis exemplifies a
more pharmacological induction of this response, and is of major
concern to physicians when treating patients with these steroidal
agents (Wolkowitz et al.; Ann NY Acad. Sci., 1032, 191-194 (2004)).
It has been recently shown that 11.beta.-HSD-1 mRNA is expressed in
human hippocampus, frontal cortex and cerebellum, and that
treatment of elderly diabetic individuals with the non-selective
11.beta.-HSD-1 and 11.beta.-HSD-2 inhibitor carbenoxolone improved
verbal fluency and memory (Thekkapat et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci
USA, 101, 6743-6749 (2004)). Excessive glucocorticoid levels also
affects psychopathology, as shown in animal models, it leads to
increased anxiety and aggression. Chronic elevation of cortisol has
been also associated with depression in Cushing's disease (McEwen,
Metab. Clin. & Exp., 54, 20-23 (2005)). A number of animal and
clinical studies have provided evidence for the correlation between
increases in glucocorticoid levels and neuropsychiatric disorders
such as major depressive disorder, psychotic depression, anxiety,
panic disorder, post traumatic stress disorder, and depression in
Cushing's syndrome (Budziszewska, Polish J. of Pharmacol., 54,
343-349, (2002); Strohle et al., Pharmacopsychiatry Vol. 36,
S207-S214, 2003; DeBattista et al., TRENDS in Endocr. Metab., 17,
117-120 (2006); Norman et al., Expert Rev. Neurotherapeutics, Vol.
7, pages 203-213 (2007)).
[0015] Thus, inhibiting 11.beta.-HSD1 benefits patients suffering
from non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes, insulin resistance,
obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic syndrome, central nervous
system disorders, age-related or glucocorticoid-related declines in
cognitive function such as those seen in Alzheimer's and associated
dementias, major depressive disorder, psychotic depression,
anxiety, panic disorder, post traumatic stress disorder, depression
in Cushing's syndrome, and treatment resistant depression, and
other diseases and conditions mediated by excessive glucocorticoid
action.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0016] All patents, patent applications and literature references
cited in the specification are herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety.
[0017] One aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I)
##STR00001##
[0018] wherein
[0019] A.sup.1, A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are each individually
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkenyl, alkyl,
alkyl-NH-alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, arylcarbonyl,
arylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl,
heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl,
heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocyclesulfonyl, halogen, haloalkyl,
--NR.sup.5--[C(R.sup.6R.sup.7)].sub.n--C(O)--R.sup.8,
--O--[C(R.sup.9R.sup.10)].sub.p--C(O)--R.sup.11, --OR.sup.12,
--S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl, --N(R.sup.13R.sup.14), --CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17), --C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20,
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26);
[0020] R.sup.18a and R.sup.19a are each independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
[0021] n is 0 or 1;
[0022] p is 0 or 1;
[0023] D is a member selected from the group consisting of a --O--,
--S--, --S(O)-- and --S(O).sub.2--;
[0024] E is a member selected from the group consisting of alkyl,
alkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, haloalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, or R.sup.4 and E
taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
[0025] R.sup.1 is a member selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and alkyl;
[0026] R.sup.2 is a member selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl and cycloalkyl;
[0027] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are each independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle and heterocyclealkyl, or
R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which they are
attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of
cycloalkyl and heterocycle;
[0028] R.sup.5 is a member selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl
and heterocycleoxyalkyl;
[0029] R.sup.6 and R.sup.7 are each independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R.sup.6 and R.sup.7
taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring
selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and
heterocycle;
[0030] R.sup.8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl,
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl
and --N(R.sup.27R.sup.28);
[0031] R.sup.9 and R.sup.10 are each independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R.sup.9 and R.sup.10
taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring
selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and
heterocycle;
[0032] R.sup.11 is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy
and --N(R.sup.29R.sup.30);
[0033] R.sup.12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl and
heterocycleoxyalkyl;
[0034] R.sup.13 and R.sup.14 are each independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylsulfonyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, arylsulfonyl, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl,
carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl and heterocyclesulfonyl;
[0035] R.sup.15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl and
heterocycleoxyalkyl;
[0036] R.sup.16 and R.sup.17 are each independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl,
aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocycleoxy,
heterocyclesulfonyl, hydroxy, and -alkyl-C(O)N(R.sup.20R.sup.202),
or, R.sup.16 and R.sup.17 taken together with the atom to which
they are attached form a heterocycle;
[0037] R.sup.201 and R.sup.202 are independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
[0038] R.sup.18, R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 are each independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle and heterocyclealkyl;
[0039] R.sup.21 and R.sup.22 are each independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl,
alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylcarbonyl, arylsulfonyl, cycloalkyl,
carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylcarbonyl,
heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclecarbonyl and
heterocyclesulfonyl;
[0040] R.sup.23 and R.sup.24 are each independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxy,
alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxy, arylsulfonyl,
carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl,
cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylcarbonyl,
heteroaryloxy, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclecarbonyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocyclesulfonyl and
hydroxy, or, R.sup.23 and R.sup.24 taken together with the atom to
which they are attached form a ring selected from the group
consisting of heteroaryl and heterocycle;
[0041] R.sup.25 and R.sup.26 are each independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl,
aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, carboxycycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxyalkyl, heterocycleoxy,
heterocyclesulfonyl, and hydroxy, or, R.sup.25 and R.sup.26 taken
together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
[0042] R.sup.27 and R.sup.28 are each independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl,
aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, carboxycycloalkyl,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl,
heterocyclesulfonyl and hydroxy, or, R.sup.27 and R.sup.28 taken
together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle; and
[0043] R.sup.29 and R.sup.30 are each independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl,
aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, carboxycycloalkyl,
cycloalkylsulfonyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy,
heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocycleoxyalkyl,
heterocyclesulfonyl, and hydroxy, or, R.sup.29 and R.sup.30 taken
together with the atom to which they are attached form a
heterocycle;
[0044] provided that, if R.sup.1 is hydrogen; then at least one of
A.sup.1, A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 is not hydrogen.
[0045] A further aspect of the present invention encompasses the
use of the compounds of formula (I) for the treatment of disorders
that are mediated by 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1
enzyme, such as non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes, insulin
resistance, obesity, lipid disorders, metabolic syndrome and other
diseases and conditions that are mediated by excessive
glucocorticoid action, comprising administering a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound of formula (I).
[0046] According to still another aspect, the present invention is
directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) in
combination with a pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0047] FIG. 1 shows the results of memory consolidation in treated
and untreated mice measured as Mean Transfer Latency.
[0048] FIG. 2 depicts amount of phosphorylation of CREB in treated
and untreated mice.
[0049] FIG. 3 shows the results of memory consolidation in treated
and untreated mice measured as Mean Transfer Latency.
[0050] FIG. 4 shows the results of short memory retention in
treated and untreated mice measured as Mean Transfer Latency.
[0051] FIGS. 5a-5c show REM episodes, time and latency to first
episode, respectively, on rat treated with an exemplary
11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor.
[0052] FIGS. 6a, 6b and 6c show the effects of an exemplary
11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor on cortical and hippocampal Ach
release.
[0053] FIGS. 7a and 7b show the effects of an exemplary
11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor on cortical and hippocampal 5-HT
release.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0054] All patents, patent applications and literature references
cited in the specification are herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety.
[0055] One aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0056] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0057] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen; and A.sup.1, R.sup.3,
R.sup.4, D and E are as described in the summary of the
invention.
[0058] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0059] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0060] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0061] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are hydrogen; and A.sup.1, D and E are
as described in the summary of the invention.
[0062] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0063] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0064] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0065] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0066] D is --O--; and A.sup.1 and E are as described in the
summary of the invention.
[0067] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0068] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0069] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0070] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0071] D is --O--;
[0072] E is as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0073] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of A.sup.1 is
selected from the group consisting of alkenyl, alkylsulfonyl,
cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12, carboxyalkyl,
--S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl, --C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20,
--C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention.
[0074] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0075] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0076] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0077] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0078] D is --O--;
[0079] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0080] E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
[0081] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0082] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0083] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0084] R.sup.3 is hydrogen;
[0085] R.sup.4 is alkyl; and A.sup.1, D and E are as described in
the summary of the invention.
[0086] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0087] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0088] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0089] R.sup.3 is hydrogen;
[0090] R.sup.4 is alkyl;
[0091] D is --O--; and A.sup.1 and E are as described in the
summary of the invention.
[0092] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0093] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0094] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0095] R.sup.3 is hydrogen;
[0096] R.sup.4 is alkyl;
[0097] D is --O--;
[0098] E is as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0099] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention.
[0100] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0101] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0102] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0103] R.sup.3 is hydrogen;
[0104] R.sup.4 is alkyl;
[0105] D is --O--;
[0106] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0107] E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
[0108] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0109] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0110] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0111] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are alkyl; and A.sup.1, D and E are as
described in the summary of the invention.
[0112] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0113] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0114] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0115] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are alkyl;
[0116] D is --O--; and A.sup.1 and E are as described in the
summary of the invention.
[0117] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0118] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0119] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0120] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are alkyl;
[0121] D is --O--;
[0122] E is as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0123] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention.
[0124] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0125] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0126] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0127] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are alkyl;
[0128] D is --O--;
[0129] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0130] E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
[0131] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0132] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0133] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0134] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of
cycloalkyl and heterocycle; and A.sup.1, D and E are as described
in the summary of the invention.
[0135] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0136] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0137] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0138] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a cycloalkyl ring; and A.sup.1, D and E are
as described in the summary of the invention.
[0139] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0140] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0141] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0142] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a cycloalkyl ring;
[0143] D is --O--; and A.sup.1 and E are as described in the
summary of the invention.
[0144] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0145] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0146] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0147] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a cycloalkyl ring;
[0148] D is --O--;
[0149] E is as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0150] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention.
[0151] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0152] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0153] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0154] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a cycloalkyl ring;
[0155] D is --O--;
[0156] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0157] E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
[0158] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0159] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0160] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0161] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a cyclopropyl ring;
[0162] D is --O--;
[0163] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20,
--C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17)--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.2-
4)--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0164] E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
[0165] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0166] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0167] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0168] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a cyclobutyl ring;
[0169] D is --O--;
[0170] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0171] E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
[0172] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0173] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0174] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen; and
[0175] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a heterocycle, and A.sup.1, D and E are as
described in the summary of the invention.
[0176] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0177] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0178] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0179] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a heterocycle;
[0180] D is --O--; and A.sup.1 and E are as described in the
summary of the invention.
[0181] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0182] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0183] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0184] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a heterocycle;
[0185] E is as described in the summary of the invention;
[0186] D is --O--; and
[0187] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20,
--C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17)--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.2-
4)--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention.
[0188] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0189] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0190] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0191] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 taken together with the atoms to which
they are attached form a heterocycle;
[0192] D is --O--;
[0193] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention; and
[0194] E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
[0195] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0196] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0197] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0198] R.sup.4 and E taken together with the atoms to which they
are attached form a heterocycle; and A.sup.1 and D are as described
in the summary of the invention.
[0199] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0200] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0201] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0202] R.sup.4 and E taken together with the atoms to which they
are attached form a heterocycle;
[0203] D is --O-- and A.sup.1 is as described in the summary of the
invention.
[0204] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0205] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0206] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0207] R.sup.4 and E taken together with the atoms to which they
are attached form a heterocycle;
[0208] D is --O--; and
[0209] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.21R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention.
[0210] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein A.sup.1 is selected from the group
consisting of alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl,
heteroarylsulfonyl and heterocyclesulfonyl;
[0211] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0212] D is --O--; and R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, and E
are as described in the summary of the invention.
[0213] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein A.sup.1 is
--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26) wherein R.sup.25 and R.sup.26 are
as described in the summary of the invention;
[0214] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0215] D is --O--; and R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, and E
are as described in the summary of the invention.
[0216] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein A.sup.1 is
--C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17) wherein R.sup.16 is selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl and R.sup.17 is selected
from the group consisting of arylalkyl and heteroarylalkyl;
[0217] D is --O--;
[0218] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen; and R.sup.1,
R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, and E are as described in the summary of
the invention.
[0219] Another aspect of the present invention is directed toward a
compound of formula (I), wherein
[0220] A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are hydrogen;
[0221] R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are hydrogen;
[0222] D is selected from the group consisting of --S--, --S(O)--
and --S(O).sub.2; and
[0223] A.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of alkenyl,
alkylsulfonyl, cyano, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --OR.sup.12,
carboxyalkyl, --S-alkyl, --S(O)-alkyl,
--C(R.sup.18R.sup.19)--OR.sup.20, --C(O)--N(R.sup.16R.sup.17),
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--C(O)N(R.sup.23R.sup.24),
--C(.dbd.NOH)--N(H).sub.2, --S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26),
--CO.sub.2R.sup.15,
--C(R.sup.18aR.sup.19a)--S(O).sub.2--N(R.sup.25R.sup.26), and
--C(R.sup.21R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.23R.sup.24) wherein R.sup.12,
R.sup.15, R.sup.16, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19, R.sup.18a,
R.sup.19a, R.sup.21, R.sup.22, R.sup.23, R.sup.24, R.sup.25, and
R.sup.26 are as described in the summary of the invention;
[0224] E is selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl,
heteroaryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl; and
[0225] R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are each independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl and arylalkyl, or R.sup.3 and
R.sup.4 together with the atom to which they are attached form a
cycloalkyl ring.
[0226] Another aspect of the present invention is directed to a
compound selected from the following group [0227]
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-phenoxypropanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide;
[0228]
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-{[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]oxy}propanoyl)amino]adamanta-
ne-1-carboxamide; [0229]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(2-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-ca-
rboxylic acid; [0230]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(3-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-ca-
rboxylic acid; [0231]
E-4-{[2-(cycloheptyloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0232]
E-4-{[2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxyl-
ic acid; [0233]
E-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0234]
E-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamid-
e; [0235]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(4-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adaman-
tane-1-carboxamide; [0236]
E-4-[(2-phenoxypropanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0237]
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0238]
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0239]
E-4-{[2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0240]
E-4-{[2-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxami-
de; [0241]
E-4-{[2-(4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-
-carboxamide; [0242]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
-carboxamide; [0243]
E-4-{[2-(3-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxami-
de; [0244]
E-2-(4-Chloro-phenoxy)-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl)-2-methyl-pr-
opionamide; [0245]
E-{[2-Methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide;
[0246]
E-4-{[2-(3-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-car-
boxamide; [0247]
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane--
1-carboxamide; [0248]
E-4-{[2-(3-Bromophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0249]
4-({[((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)ca-
rbonyl]amino}methyl)benzoic acid; [0250]
E-4-{[2-(2,3-Dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic acid; [0251] tert-Butyl
4-(2-{[(E)-5-(aminocarbonyl)-2-adamantyl]amino}-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxoethoxy)-
phenylcarbamate; [0252]
E-N-[4-(Aminocarbonyl)benzyl]-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]a-
mino}adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0253]
E-N-[4-(Aminocarbonyl)methyl]-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]a-
mino}adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0254]
3-({[((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)ca-
rbonyl]amino}methyl)benzoic acid; [0255]
E-4-({2-[(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)oxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide; [0256]
E-4-{[2-(2-Cyanophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide-
; [0257]
E-4-{[2-(4-Hydroxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide; [0258]
((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)acetic
acid; [0259]
N-[(E)-5-(2-Amino-2-oxoethyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpr-
opanamide; [0260]
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-ylmethyl)-2-adamant-
yl]propanamide; [0261]
N-{(E)-5-[(Aminosulfonyl)methyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methy-
lpropanamide; [0262]
N-{(E)-5-[(Z)-Amino(hydroxyimino)methyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-
-2-methylpropanamide; [0263]
E-N-[4-(Aminosulfonyl)benzyl]-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]a-
mino}adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0264]
E-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-N-(4-{[(methylsulfonyl-
)amino]carbonyl}benzyl)adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0265]
E-4-({2-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-carbo-
xylic acid; [0266]
E-4-({2-[(4-Methoxyphenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-carb-
oxamide amide; [0267]
E-4-({2-[(4-Methoxyphenyl)sulfinyl]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1--
carboxamide; [0268]
E-4-({2-[(4-Methoxyphenyl)sulfonyl]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1--
carboxamide; [0269]
E-4-({2-[4-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}a-
mino)adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0270]
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1--
carboxamide; [0271]
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1--
carboxamide; [0272]
E-4-[(2-{4-Chloro-2-[(diethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxy}-2-methylpropanoyl)am-
ino]adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0273]
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adam-
antane-1-carboxamide; [0274]
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropan-
amide; [0275]
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-yl)-2-adam-
antyl]propanamide; [0276]
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylthio)-2-adamantyl]p-
ropanamide; [0277]
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylsulfonyl)-2-adamant-
yl]propanamide; [0278]
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylsulfinyl)-2-adamant-
yl]propanamide; [0279]
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropana-
mide; [0280]
E-4-({[1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl]carbonyl}amino)adamantane-1-carboxam-
ide; [0281]
4-[({[((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)m-
ethyl]sulfonyl}amino)methyl]benzoic acid; [0282]
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-(1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methylprop-
anamide; [0283]
(2E)-3-((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)-
acrylic acid; [0284]
(E)-4-[(2-Methyl-2-{[5-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy}propanoyl)amino]-
adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0285]
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-isoxazol-5-yl-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropanami-
de; [0286]
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-{(E)-5-[(2-morpholin-4-ylethoxy)-
methyl]-2-adamantyl}propanamide; [0287]
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropana-
mide; [0288]
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propana-
mide; [0289]
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propana-
mide; [0290]
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethyl)phen-
oxy]propanamide; [0291]
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethoxy)phe-
noxy]propanamide; [0292]
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-meth-
ylpropanamide; [0293]
E-4-{[2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide; [0294]
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
[0295]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(5-morpholin-4-ylpyridin-2-yl)oxy]propanoyl}amin-
o)adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0296]
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(pyridin-2-yloxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamid-
e; [0297]
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-{E)-5-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]-2-a-
damantyl}propanamide; [0298]
3-((E)-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)propa-
noic acid; [0299]
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-{(E)-5-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-met-
hylpropanamide; [0300]
E-4-[(2-{[5-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy}-2-methylpropanoyl)amino]a-
damantane-1-carboxamide; [0301]
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-2-adamantyl]propa-
namide; [0302]
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(3-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropana-
mide; [0303]
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(3-methylphenoxy)propana-
mide; [0304]
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropan-
amide; [0305]
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(3-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropan-
amide; [0306]
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropan-
amide; [0307]
N-[(E)-5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-cyanophenoxy)-2-methylpropanam-
ide; [0308]
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamid-
e; [0309]
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(3-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide; [0310]
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-{[(1S,2S)-2-methylcyclohexyl]oxy}propanoyl)amino]adamant-
ane-1-carboxylic acid; [0311]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(2-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-ca-
rboxamide [0312]
E-4-{[2-(cycloheptyloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide-
; [0313]
E-4-{[2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1--
carboxamide; [0314]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(3-methylcyclohexyl)oxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-ca-
rboxamide; [0315]
E-4-{[2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamid-
e; [0316]
4-{[({(E)-4-[(2-methyl-2-phenoxypropanoyl)amino]-1-adamantyl}car-
bonyl)amino]methyl}benzoic acid; [0317]
E-4-({2-[(4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl)oxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane--
1-carboxylic acid; [0318]
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yloxy)propanoyl]amino}ad-
amantane-1-carboxylic acid; [0319]
E-4-{[2-(4-bromophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0320]
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(1-naphthyloxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0321]
E-4-{[2-(2,3-dichlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic acid; [0322]
E-4-{[2-(2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic acid; [0323]
E-4-{[2-(2,5-dichlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic acid; [0324]
E-4-{[2-(2,4-dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic acid; [0325]
E-4-{[2-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic acid; [0326]
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(2-naphthyloxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0327]
E-4-{[2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-ca-
rboxylic acid; [0328]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[(7-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)oxy]propanoyl}amino-
)adamantane-1-carboxylic acid; [0329]
E-4-{[2-(4-bromo-2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-ca-
rboxylic acid; [0330]
E-4-{[2-(1,1'-biphenyl-3-yloxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carb-
oxylic acid; [0331]
E-4-{[2-(2-bromophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0332]
E-N-[4-(aminocarbonyl)benzyl]-4-[(2-methyl-2-phenoxypropanoyl)amino]adama-
ntane-1-carboxamide; [0333]
E-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-N-(1,3-thiazol-5-ylmet-
hyl)adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0334]
E-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-N-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-
adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0335]
E-4-{[2-(4-aminophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide-
; [0336]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)ada-
mantane-1-carboxamide; [0337]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
-carboxamide; [0338]
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adam-
antane-1-carboxamide; [0339]
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropan-
amide; [0340]
2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-cyano-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropanam-
ide; [0341]
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-{4-[(trifluoroacetyl)amino]phenoxy}propanoyl)amino]adama-
ntane-1-carboxamide; [0342]
E-4-{[2-(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide; [0343]
E-4-{[2-(2,5-dibromo-4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-
-1-carboxamide; [0344]
E-4-{[2-(2-bromo-4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide; [0345]
E-4-{[2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-N,N-dimethyla-
damantane-1-carboxamide; [0346]
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-((E)-5-{[(4-methoxy-6-methylpyrimidin-2-yl)amino]me-
thyl}-2-adamantyl)-2-methylpropanamide; [0347]
E-4-{[2-(4-{[(tert-butylamino)carbonyl]amino}phenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]a-
mino}adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0348] ethyl
4-(2-{[(E)-5-(aminocarbonyl)-2-adamantyl]amino}-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxoethoxy)-
phenylcarbamate; [0349]
E-4-[(2-methyl-2-{4-[(propylsulfonyl)amino]phenoxy}propanoyl)amino]adaman-
tane-1-carboxamide; [0350]
E-4-[(2-{4-[(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)amino]phenoxy}-2-methylpropanoyl)amino]-
adamantane-1-carboxamide; [0351]
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(phenylsulfinyl)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0352]
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(phenylsulfonyl)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid; [0353]
N-[(E)-5-cyano-2-adamantyl]-2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfonyl]-2-methylpropana-
mide; [0354]
2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfonyl]-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-yl)-2-ada-
mantyl]propanamide; and [0355]
E-4-({2-[4-(benzyloxy)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-carbo-
xamide.
[0356] Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a
method of inhibiting 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I
enzyme, comprising administering to a mammal, a therapeutically
effective amount of the compound of formula (I).
[0357] Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a
method of treating disorders in a mammal by inhibiting
11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme, comprising
administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound of formula (I).
[0358] Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a
method of treating non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes in a
mammal by inhibiting 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I
enzyme comprising administering to a mammal, a therapeutically
effective amount of the compound of formula (I).
[0359] Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a
method of treating insulin resistance in a mammal by inhibiting
11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme comprising
administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound of formula (I).
[0360] Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a
method of treating obesity in a mammal by inhibiting
11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme comprising
administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound of formula (I).
[0361] Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a
method of treating lipid disorders in a mammal by inhibiting
11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme comprising
administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound of formula (I).
[0362] Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a
method of treating metabolic syndrome in a mammal by inhibiting
11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme comprising
administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound of formula (I).
[0363] Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a
method of treating diseases and conditions that are mediated by
excessive glucocorticoid action in a mammal by inhibiting
11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme comprising
administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound of formula (I).
[0364] Another embodiment of the present invention discloses a
pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective
amount of the compound of formula (I) in combination with a
pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
DEFINITION OF TERMS
[0365] The term "alkenyl" as used herein, refers to a straight or
branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 2 to 10 carbons and
containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond formed by the
removal of two hydrogens. Representative examples of alkenyl
include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, 2-propenyl,
2-methyl-2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-heptenyl,
2-methyl-1-heptenyl, and 3-decenyl. Alkenyls of the present
invention can be unsubstituted or substituted with one substituent
selected from the group consisting of carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl and
aryloxycarbonyl.
[0366] The term "alkoxy" as used herein, refers to an alkyl group,
as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through
an oxygen atom. Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are
not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy,
tert-butoxy, pentyloxy and hexyloxy.
[0367] The term "alkoxyalkyl" as used herein, refers to an alkoxy
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples
of alkoxyalkyl include, but are not limited to, tert-butoxymethyl,
2-ethoxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl and methoxymethyl.
[0368] The term "alkoxycarbonyl" as used herein, refers to an
alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. Representative
examples of alkoxycarbonyl include, but are not limited to,
methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl and tert-butoxycarbonyl.
[0369] The term "alkyl" as used herein, refers to a straight or
branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Representative examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to,
methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl,
tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3-methylhexyl,
2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl
and n-decyl.
[0370] The term "alkylcarbonyl" as used herein, refers to an alkyl
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. Representative
examples of alkylcarbonyl include, but are not limited to, acetyl,
1-oxopropyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-oxopropyl, 1-oxobutyl and
1-oxopentyl.
[0371] The term "alkylsulfonyl" as used herein, refers to an alkyl
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein. Representative
examples of alkylsulfonyl include, but are not limited to,
methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl.
[0372] The term "alkyl-NH" as used herein, refers to an alkyl
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through a nitrogen atom.
[0373] The term "alkyl-NH-alkyl" as used herein, refers to an
alkyl-NH group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0374] The term "aryl" as used herein, means a phenyl group, or a
bicyclic or a tricyclic fused ring system. Bicyclic fused ring
systems are exemplified by a phenyl group appended to the parent
molecular moiety and fused to a cycloalkyl group, as defined
herein, a phenyl group, a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a
heterocycle, as defined herein. Tricyclic fused ring systems are
exemplified by an aryl bicyclic fused ring system, as defined
herein and fused to a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a phenyl
group, a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a heterocycle, as
defined herein. Representative examples of aryl include, but are
not limited to, anthracenyl, azulenyl, fluorenyl, indanyl, indenyl,
naphthyl, phenyl and tetrahydronaphthyl.
[0375] The aryl groups of this invention may be optionally
substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents independently
selected from alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl,
alkylsulfonyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkoxy, arylcarbonyl, aryloxy,
arylsulfonyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
ethylenedioxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclecarbonyl, heterocycleoxy, heterocyclesulfonyl, hydroxy,
hydroxyalkyl, nitro, R.sub.fR.sub.gN--, R.sub.fR.sub.gNalkyl,
R.sub.fR.sub.gNcarbonyl, --N(H)C(O)N(H)(alkyl), and
R.sub.fR.sub.gNsulfonyl, wherein R.sub.f and R.sub.g are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl,
cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkylcarbonyl and cycloalkylalkyl
wherein the cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl of cycloalkylalkyl as
represented by R.sub.f and R.sub.g are each independently
unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl
and haloalkyl. The substituent aryl, the aryl of arylalkoxy, the
aryl of arylcarbonyl, the aryl of aryloxy, the aryl of
arylsulfonyl, the substituent heteroaryl, the heteroaryl of
heteroarylalkyl, the heteroaryl of heteroarylcarbonyl, the
substituent heterocycle, the heterocycle of heterocyclecarbonyl,
the heterocycle of heterocycleoxy, the heterocycle of
heterocyclesulfonyl may be optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3
substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl,
carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy,
hydroxyalkyl, nitro, R.sub.fR.sub.gN--, R.sub.fR.sub.gNalkyl,
R.sub.fR.sub.gNcarbonyl and R.sub.fR.sub.gNsulfonyl wherein R.sub.f
and R.sub.g are as described herein.
[0376] The term "arylalkyl" as used herein, refers to an aryl
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples
of arylalkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl,
2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl and 2-naphth-2-ylethyl.
[0377] The term "arylcarbonyl" as used herein, refers to an aryl
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. Representative
examples of arylcarbonyl include, but are not limited to, benzoyl
and naphthoyl.
[0378] The term "aryl-NH--" as used herein, refers to an aryl
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through a nitrogen atom.
[0379] The term "aryl-NH-alkyl" as used herein, refers to an
aryl-NH-- group, as defined herein, appended to the parent
molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0380] The term "arylalkoxy" as used herein, refers to an aryl
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through an alkoxy moiety, as defined herein.
[0381] The term "aryloxy" as used herein, refers to an aryl group,
as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through
an oxy moiety, as defined herein. Representative examples of
aryloxy include, but are not limited to phenoxy, naphthyloxy,
3-bromophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy and
3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy.
[0382] The term "aryloxyalkyl" as used herein, refers to an aryloxy
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0383] The term "aryloxycarbonyl" as used herein, refers to an
aryloxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein.
[0384] The term "arylsulfonyl" as used herein, refers to an aryl
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein. Representative
examples of arylsulfonyl include, but are not limited to,
phenylsulfonyl, 4-bromophenylsulfonyl and naphthylsulfonyl.
[0385] The term "carbonyl" as used herein refers to a --C(O)--
group.
[0386] The term "carboxy" as used herein refers to a --C(O)--OH
group.
[0387] The term "carboxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a carboxy
group as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through an alkyl group as defined herein.
[0388] The term "carboxycycloalkyl" as used herein refers to a
carboxy group as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through an cycloalkyl group as defined herein.
[0389] The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein, refers to a
monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system. Monocyclic ring
systems are exemplified by a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group
containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of monocyclic ring
systems include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl,
cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Bicyclic fused ring systems are
exemplified by a cycloalkyl group appended to the parent molecular
moiety and fused to a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a phenyl
group, a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a heterocycle, as
defined herein. Tricyclic fused ring systems are exemplified by a
cycloalkyl bicyclic fused ring system, as defined herein and fused
to a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a phenyl group, a
heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a heterocycle, as defined
herein. Bicyclic ring systems are also exemplified by a bridged
monocyclic ring system in which two non-adjacent carbon atoms of
the monocyclic ring are linked by an alkylene bridge of between one
and three additional carbon atoms. Representative examples of
bicyclic ring systems include, but are not limited to,
bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane,
bicyclo[3.2.2]nonane, bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane and
bicyclo[4.2.1]nonane. Tricyclic ring systems are also exemplified
by a bicyclic ring system in which two non-adjacent carbon atoms of
the bicyclic ring are linked by a bond or an alkylene bridge of
between one and three carbon atoms. Representative examples of
tricyclic-ring systems include, but are not limited to,
tricyclo[3.3.1.0.sup.3,7]nonane and tricyclo[3.3.1.1.sup.3,7]decane
(adamantane).
[0390] The cycloalkyl groups of this invention may be substituted
with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents independently selected from
alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl,
alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxy, arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, ethylenedioxy, formyl,
haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroarylcarbonyl, heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclecarbonyl, heterocycleoxy, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, nitro,
R.sub.fR.sub.gN--, R.sub.fR.sub.gNalkyl, R.sub.fR.sub.gNcarbonyl
and R.sub.fR.sub.gNsulfonyl, wherein R.sub.f and R.sub.g are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl,
cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkylcarbonyl and cycloalkylalkyl
wherein the cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl of cycloalkylalkyl as
represented by R.sub.f and R.sub.g are each independently
unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl
and haloalkyl. The substituent aryl, the aryl of arylalkyl, the
aryl of arylcarbonyl, the aryl of aryloxy, the aryl of
arylsulfonyl, the substituent heteroaryl, the heteroaryl of
heteroarylalkyl, the heteroaryl of heteroarylcarbonyl, the
substituent heterocycle, the heterocycle of heterocyclealkyl, the
heterocycle of heterocyclecarbonyl, the heterocycle of
heterocycleoxy, the heterocycle of heterocyclesulfonyl may be
optionally substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, cyano, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl,
nitro, R.sub.fR.sub.gN--, R.sub.fR.sub.gNalkyl,
R.sub.fR.sub.gNcarbonyl and R.sub.fR.sub.gNsulfonyl wherein R.sub.f
and R.sub.g are as described herein.
[0391] The term "cycloalkylalkyl" as used herein, refers to a
cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent
molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
Representative examples of cycloalkylalkyl include, but are not
limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, 2-cyclobutylethyl,
cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and 4-cycloheptylbutyl.
[0392] The term "cycloalkylcarbonyl" as used herein, refers to
cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent
molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein.
Representative examples of cycloalkylcarbonyl include, but are not
limited to, cyclopropylcarbonyl, 2-cyclobutylcarbonyl and
cyclohexylcarbonyl.
[0393] The term "cycloalkyloxy" as used herein, refers to
cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent
molecular moiety through an oxy group, as defined herein.
[0394] The term "cycloalkylsulfonyl" as used herein, refers to
cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent
molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein.
Representative examples of cycloalkylsulfonyl include, but are not
limited to, cyclohexylsulfonyl and cyclobutylsulfonyl.
[0395] The term "halo" or "halogen" as used herein, refers to --Cl,
--Br, --I or --F.
[0396] The term "haloalkyl" as used herein, refers to at least one
halogen, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples
of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, chloromethyl,
2-fluoroethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl and
2-chloro-3-fluoropentyl.
[0397] The term "haloalkylcarbonyl" as used herein, refers to a
haloalkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent
molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein.
[0398] The term "heteroaryl" as used herein, refers to an aromatic
monocyclic ring or an aromatic bicyclic ring system. The aromatic
monocyclic rings are five or six membered rings containing at least
one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of
N, O and S. The five membered aromatic monocyclic rings have two
double bonds and the six membered aromatic monocyclic rings have
three double bonds. The bicyclic heteroaryl groups are exemplified
by a monocyclic heteroaryl ring appended to the parent molecular
moiety and fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl group, as defined
herein, a monocyclic aryl group, as defined herein, a monocyclic
heteroaryl group, as defined herein, or a monocyclic heterocycle,
as defined herein. Representative examples of heteroaryl include,
but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl,
benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, furyl, imidazolyl,
indazolyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, isobenzofuranyl, isoindolyl,
isoxazolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl,
oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, phthalazinyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl,
pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl,
quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl,
thiazolyl, thienyl, triazolyl and triazinyl.
[0399] The term "heteroarylalkyl" as used herein, refers to a
heteroaryl, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0400] The heteroaryls of this invention may be optionally
substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from
alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl,
alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxy, arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, ethylenedioxy, formyl,
haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclecarbonyl, heterocycleoxy,
hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, R.sub.fR.sub.gN--,
R.sub.fR.sub.gNalkyl, R.sub.fR.sub.gNcarbonyl and
R.sub.fR.sub.gNsulfonyl, wherein R.sub.f and R.sub.g are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl,
cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkylcarbonyl and cycloalkylalkyl
wherein the cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl of cycloalkylalkyl as
represented by R.sub.f and R.sub.g are each independently
unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl
and haloalkyl. The substituent aryl, the aryl of arylalkyl, the
aryl of arylcarbonyl, the aryl of aryloxy, the aryl of
arylsulfonyl, the substituent heteroaryl, the heteroaryl of
heteroarylalkyl, the substituent heterocycle, the heterocycle of
heterocyclealkyl, the heterocycle of heterocyclecarbonyl, the
heterocycle of heterocycleoxy may be optionally substituted with 1,
2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group
consisting of alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl,
alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano, haloalkyl,
halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, R.sub.fR.sub.gN--,
R.sub.fR.sub.gNalkyl, R.sub.fR.sub.gNcarbonyl and
R.sub.fR.sub.gNsulfonyl wherein R.sub.f and R.sub.g are as
described above.
[0401] The term "heterocycle" as used herein, refers to a
non-aromatic monocyclic ring or a non-aromatic bicyclic ring. The
non-aromatic monocyclic ring is a three, four, five, six, seven, or
eight membered ring containing at least one heteroatom,
independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S.
Representative examples of monocyclic ring systems include, but are
not limited to, azetidinyl, aziridinyl, diazepinyl, dithianyl,
imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyl, isoxazolinyl,
isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl,
piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl,
pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl,
tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl, tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl,
tetrahydrothienyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl,
1,1-dioxidothiomorpholinyl (thiomorpholine sulfone) and
thiopyranyl. The bicyclic heterocycles are exemplified by a
monocyclic heterocycle appended to the parent molecular moiety and
fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, a
monocyclic aryl group, a monocyclic heteroaryl group, as defined
herein, or a monocyclic heterocycle, as defined herein. Bicyclic
ring systems are also exemplified by a bridged monocyclic ring
system in which two non-adjacent atoms of the monocyclic ring are
linked by a bridge of between one and three additional atoms
selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen and oxygen.
Representative examples of bicyclic ring systems include but are
not limited to, for example, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl,
benzodioxinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, cinnolinyl, 1,5-diazocanyl,
3,9-diaza-bicyclo[4.2.1]non-9-yl, 3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane,
octahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole, indolinyl, isoindolinyl,
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[c]azepine,
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[b]azepine,
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[d]azepine, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl and
tetrahydroquinolinyl.
[0402] The heterocycles of this invention may be optionally
substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from
alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl,
alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxy, arylsulfonyl, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, ethylenedioxy, formyl, haloalkoxy,
haloalkyl, halogen, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclecarbonyl, heterocycleoxy, hydroxy,
hydroxyalkyl, nitro, R.sub.fR.sub.gN--, R.sub.fR.sub.gNalkyl,
R.sub.fR.sub.gNcarbonyl and R.sub.fR.sub.gNsulfonyl, wherein
R.sub.f and R.sub.g are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl,
alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl,
haloalkylcarbonyl and cycloalkylalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl, the
cycloalkyl of cycloalkylalkyl as represented by R.sub.f and R.sub.g
are each independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3
substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
halogen, alkyl and haloalkyl. The substituent aryl, the aryl of
arylalkyl, the aryl of arylcarbonyl, the aryl of aryloxy, the aryl
of arylsulfonyl, the heteroaryl, the heteroaryl of heteroarylalkyl,
the substituent heterocycle, the heterocycle of heterocyclealkyl,
the heterocycle of heterocyclecarbonyl, the heterocycle of
heterocycleoxy, may be optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3
substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkynyl,
carboxy, carboxyalkyl, cyano, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy,
hydroxyalkyl, nitro, R.sub.fR.sub.gN--, R.sub.fR.sub.gNalkyl,
R.sub.fR.sub.gNcarbonyl and R.sub.fR.sub.gNsulfonyl wherein R.sub.f
and R.sub.g are as described herein.
[0403] The term "heterocyclealkyl" as used herein, refers to a
heterocycle, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative
examples of heterocyclealkyl include, but are not limited to,
pyridin-3-ylmethyl and 2-pyrimidin-2-ylpropyl.
[0404] The term "heterocyclealkoxy" as used herein, refers to a
heterocycle, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through an alkoxy group, as defined herein.
[0405] The term "heterocycleoxy" as used herein, refers to a
heterocycle, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through an oxy group, as defined herein.
[0406] The term "heterocycleoxyalkyl" as used herein, refers to a
heterocycleoxy, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0407] The term "heterocycle-NH--" as used herein, refers to a
heterocycle, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through a nitrogen atom.
[0408] The term "heterocycle-NH-alkyl" as used herein, refers to a
heterocycle-NH--, as defined herein, appended to the parent
molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
[0409] The term "heterocyclecarbonyl" as used herein, refers to a
heterocycle, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. Representative
examples of heterocyclecarbonyl include, but are not limited to,
1-piperidinylcarbonyl, 4-morpholinylcarbonyl, pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl
and quinolin-3-ylcarbonyl.
[0410] The term "heterocyclesulfonyl" as used herein, refers to a
heterocycle, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular
moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein. Representative
examples of heterocyclesulfonyl include, but are not limited to,
1-piperidinylsulfonyl, 4-morpholinylsulfonyl, pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl
and quinolin-3-ylsulfonyl.
[0411] The term "hydroxy" as used herein, refers to an --OH
group.
[0412] The term "hydroxyalkyl" as used herein, refers to a hydroxy
group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety
through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples
of hydroxyalkyl include, but are not limited to, hydroxymethyl,
2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl and 2-ethyl-4-hydroxyheptyl.
[0413] The term "oxo" as used herein, refers to a .dbd.O group.
[0414] The term "oxy" as used herein, refers to a --O-- group.
[0415] The term "sulfonyl" as used herein, refers to a
--S(O).sub.2-- group.
Salts
[0416] The present compounds may exist as therapeutically suitable
salts. The term "therapeutically suitable salt," refers to salts or
zwitterions of the compounds which are water or oil-soluble or
dispersible, suitable for treatment of disorders without undue
toxicity, irritation and allergic response, commensurate with a
reasonable benefit/risk ratio and effective for their intended use.
The salts may be prepared during the final isolation and
purification of the compounds or separately by reacting an amino
group of the compounds with a suitable acid. For example, a
compound may be dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as but not
limited to methanol and water and treated with at least one
equivalent of an acid, like hydrochloric acid. The resulting salt
may precipitate out and be isolated by filtration and dried under
reduced pressure. Alternatively, the solvent and excess acid may be
removed under reduced pressure to provide the salt. Representative
salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, citrate, aspartate,
benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate,
camphorsulfonate, digluconate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, form ate, isethionate, fumarate, lactate,
maleate, methanesulfonate, naphthylenesulfonate, nicotinate,
oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate,
picrate, oxalate, maleate, pivalate, propionate, succinate,
tartrate, trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, glutamate,
para-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, hydrochloric, hydrobromic,
sulfuric, phosphoric and the like. The amino groups of the
compounds may also be quaternized with alkyl chlorides, bromides
and iodides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl,
lauryl, myristyl, stearyl and the like.
[0417] Basic addition salts may be prepared during the final
isolation and purification of the present compounds by reaction of
a carboxyl group with a suitable base such as the hydroxide,
carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation such as lithium,
sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, or aluminum, or an organic
primary, secondary, or tertiary amine. Quaternary amine salts
derived from methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine,
triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine,
N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine,
dicyclohexylamine, procaine, dibenzylamine,
N,N-dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine and
N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine,
diethanolamine, piperidine, piperazine and the like, are
contemplated as being within the scope of the present
invention.
Prodrugs
[0418] The present compounds may also exist as therapeutically
suitable prodrugs. The term "therapeutically suitable prodrug,"
refers to those prodrugs or zwitterions which are suitable for use
in contact with the tissues of patients without undue toxicity,
irritation and allergic response, are commensurate with a
reasonable benefit/risk ratio and are effective for their intended
use. The term "prodrug," refers to compounds that are rapidly
transformed in vivo to the parent compounds of formula (I-IXc) for
example, by hydrolysis in blood. The term "prodrug," refers to
compounds that contain, but are not limited to, substituents known
as "therapeutically suitable esters." The term "therapeutically
suitable ester," refers to alkoxycarbonyl groups appended to the
parent molecule on an available carbon atom. More specifically, a
"therapeutically suitable ester," refers to alkoxycarbonyl groups
appended to the parent molecule on one or more available aryl,
cycloalkyl and/or heterocycle groups as defined herein. Compounds
containing therapeutically suitable esters are an example, but are
not intended to limit the scope of compounds considered to be
prodrugs. Examples of prodrug ester groups include
pivaloyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and
methoxymethyl, as well as other such groups known in the art. Other
examples of prodrug ester groups are found in T. Higuchi and V.
Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S.
Symposium Series and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible
Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and
Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated herein by
reference.
Optical Isomers-Diastereomers-Geometric Isomers
[0419] Asymmetric centers may exist in the present compounds.
Individual stereoisomers of the compounds are prepared by synthesis
from chiral starting materials or by preparation of racemic
mixtures and separation by conversion to a mixture of diastereomers
followed by separation or recrystallization, chromatographic
techniques, or direct separation of the enantiomers on chiral
chromatographic columns. Starting materials of particular
stereochemistry are either commercially available or are made by
the methods described hereinbelow and resolved by techniques well
known in the art.
[0420] Geometric isomers may exist in the present compounds. The
invention contemplates the various geometric isomers and mixtures
thereof resulting from the disposal of substituents around a
carbon-carbon double bond, a cycloalkyl group, or a
heterocycloalkyl group. Substituents around a carbon-carbon double
bond are designated as being of Z or E configuration and
substituents around a cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl are designated
as being of cis or trans configuration. Furthermore, the invention
contemplates the various isomers and mixtures thereof resulting
from the disposal of substituents around an adamantane ring system.
Two substituents around a single ring within an adamantane ring
system are designated as being of Z or E relative configuration.
For examples, see C. D. Jones, M. Kaselj, R. N. Salvatore, W. J. le
Noble J. Org. Chem. 63: 2758-2760, 1998.
[0421] The compounds and processes of the present invention will be
better understood in connection with the following synthetic
schemes and Experimentals that illustrate a means by which the
compounds of the invention may be prepared.
[0422] The compounds of this invention may be prepared by a variety
of procedures and synthetic routes. Representative procedures and
synthetic routes are shown in, but are not limited to, Schemes
1-18.
[0423] Abbreviations which have been used in the descriptions of
the Schemes and the Examples that follow are: Cbz for
benzyloxycarbonyl; CbzCl for benzyloxycarbonyl chloride; DCE for
1,2-dichloroethane; DCM for dichloromethane; DMAP for
dimethylaminopyridine; DME for 1,2-dimethoxy ethane; DMF for
N,N-dimethylform amide; DMSO for dimethylsulfoxide; DAST for
(diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride; DIPEA for Hunig's base for
diisopropylethylamine; DMPU for
1,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(1H)-pyrimidinone; EDCI for
(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide HCl; EtOAc for ethyl
acetate; Et.sub.2O for diethyl ether; EtOH for ethanol; HATU for
O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N, N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium
hexafluoro-phosphate; HOBt for hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate; iPrOH
for isopropyl alcohol; KOTMS for potassium trimethylsilanolate; LAH
for lithium aluminum hydride; MeOH for methanol; NMO for
N-methylmorpholine N-oxide; NaOAC for sodium acetate; OXONE for
potassium peroxymonosulfate; tBuOK for potassium tert-butoxide;
TBTU for O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium
tetrafluoroborate; THF for tetrahydro furan; TosMIC for
p-toluenesulfonylmethyl isocyanide; TPAP for tetrapropylammonium
perruthenate; TFAA for trifluoroacetic anhydride; tosyl for
para-toluene sulfonyl, mesyl for methane sulfonyl, and triflate for
trifluoromethane sulfonyl.
##STR00002##
[0424] Acids of general formula (2) wherein X.dbd.OH can be coupled
to substituted adamantamines of general formula (1) with reagents
such as EDCI and HOBt to provide amides of general formula (3).
Substituted adamantanes of general formula (3), wherein A.sup.1,
A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, D
and E are as defined in formula I, may be prepared as in Scheme 1.
Substituted adamantamines of general formula (1), purchased or
prepared using methodology known to those in the art, may be
treated with acylating agents of general formula (4), wherein X is
chloro, bromo, or fluoro, Y is a leaving group such as Br (or a
protected or masked leaving group) to provide amides of general
formula (5). The substituted amides of general formula (5) may be
treated with nucleophiles of general formula (6), wherein J is
oxygen or sulfur and a base such as sodium hydride. When J is
sulfur that reaction may be followed by oxidation with reagents
like Oxone to provide amides of general formula (3) wherein D can
become S(O) or S(O).sub.2. In some examples, A.sup.1, A.sup.2,
A.sup.3 and/or A.sup.4 in amines of formula (1) may exist as a
group further substituted with a protecting group such as a
carboxylic acid protected as the methyl ester. Examples containing
a protected functional group may be required due to the synthetic
schemes and the reactivity of said groups and could be later
removed to provide the desired compound. Such protecting groups can
be removed using methodology known to those skilled in the art or
as described in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts "Protective Groups in
Organic Synthesis" 3.sup.rd ed. 1999, Wiley & Sons, Inc.
##STR00003##
[0425] Substituted adamantane amines of general formula (8),
wherein A.sup.1, A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are
as defined in formula I, may be prepared as in Scheme 2.
Substituted adamantane ketones of general formula (7) can be
purchased or prepared using methodology known to those in the art.
Ketones of general formula (7) can be treated with ammonia or
primary amines (R.sup.2NH.sub.2) followed by reduction with
reagents such as sodium borohydride or H.sub.2 over Pd/C in a
solvent like methanol to provide amines of general formula (8). In
some examples, A.sup.1, A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and/or A.sup.4 in ketones
of formula (7) may be a functional group substituted with a
protecting group such as a carboxylic acid protected as the methyl
ester. These protecting groups can be removed using methodology
known to those in the art in amines of general formula (8) or in
compounds subsequently prepared from ketones of general formula (7)
or amines of general formula (8).
##STR00004##
[0426] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (10), wherein
A.sup.2, A.sup.3 and A.sup.4 are as defined in formula I, may be
prepared as in Scheme 3. Substituted adamantanes of general formula
(9) can be purchased or prepared using methodology known to those
skilled in the art. Adamantanes of general formula (9) can be
treated with oleum and formic acid followed by an alcohol GOH,
where G is an alkyl, cycloalkyl, hydrogen, aryl, or acid protecting
group, to provide adamantanes of general formula (10). In some
examples, G in formula (10) may be a protecting group such as
methyl. These protecting groups can be removed using methodology
known to those skilled in the art from adamantanes of general
formula (10) or in compounds subsequently prepared from (10).
##STR00005##
[0427] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (14), wherein
A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, D,
E, R.sup.16 and R.sup.17 are as defined in formula I, may be
prepared as in Scheme 4. Adamantyl acids of general formula (11)
may be prepared as described herein or using methodology known to
those skilled in the art. The acids of general formula (11) may be
coupled with amines of general formula (12), wherein R.sup.16 and
R.sup.17 are defined as in formula I, with reagents such as
O-(benzotrialzol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
(TBTU) to provide amides of general formula (13). In some examples,
A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.16 and
R.sup.17 in amines of formula (13) may contain a functional group
substituted with a protecting group, for example, a carboxy
protected as an ester. These protecting groups may be removed using
methodology known to those in the art to provide amides of general
formula (14).
##STR00006##
[0428] Acids of general formulas (17) wherein R.sup.3, R.sup.4, D
and E are as defined in formula (I) can be prepared as shown in
Scheme 5.
[0429] Phenols and thiols of general formula (15) wherein D is
--O-- or --S--, purchased or prepared using methodology known to
those skilled in the art, may be treated with a reagent like
1,1,1-trichloro-2-methyl-propan-2-ol (16) in the presence of a base
like sodium hydroxide in a solvent like acetone to provide acids of
general formula (17).
[0430] Esters of general formula (18) wherein P is an acid
protecting group such as, but not limited to, C.sub.1-C.sub.6
alkyl, aryl (substituted or unsubstituted) or arylalkyl
(substituted or unsubstituted), may undergo an aromatic
substitution or related reaction with halides of formula E-X.sub.1
wherein X.sub.1 is Cl, Br or I and E is as defined in formula (I),
in the presence of a base like sodium hydride in a solvent like
DMPU to afford compounds of formula (19). Removal of the acid
protecting group, P, provides acids of formula (17). Cleavage of
the acid protecting group can be conducted by either acidic or
basic hydrolysis when P is C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkyl, or hydrogenolyis
when P is benzyl.
[0431] Alternatively, esters of general formula (18) may be coupled
with halides of formula E-X.sub.1 wherein X.sub.1 is Cl, Br or I
and E is aryl or heteroaryl, under with a metal catalyst like
palladium along with ligands, to provide compounds of formula
(19).
[0432] Compounds of formula (19) can also be obtained from the
reaction of bromoesters of general formula (20), with compounds of
formula (15) wherein D is --O-- or --S-- and E is defined as in
formula (I), in the presence of a base such as, but not limited to,
potassium carbonate, to provide esters of general formula (19).
##STR00007##
[0433] Substituted adamantane amides of general formula (21),
wherein R.sub.f and R.sub.g are independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfonyl,
cycloalkyl, and cycloalkylalkyl wherein the cycloalkyl, the
cycloalkyl of cycloalkylalkyl as represented by R.sub.f and R.sub.g
are each independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3
substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halogen, and haloalkyl, Z is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
cycloalkyl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or
heterocyclealkyl, and A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2,
R.sup.3, R.sup.4, R.sup.18, R.sup.2, D and E are as defined in
formula (I), can be prepared as shown in Scheme 6.
[0434] Adamantane acids of general formula (20) can be coupled with
amines of formula R.sub.fR.sub.gNH, in the presence of a coupling
agent such as, but not limited to, TBTU, and a base such as, but
not limited, to diisopropylethylamine. The reaction is generally
performed in a solvent such as, but not limited to, DMF, at a
temperature of about room temperature to about 50.degree. C. to
provide amides of general formula (21).
##STR00008##
[0435] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (25), (26), and
(27), wherein A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3,
R.sup.4, D and E are as defined in formula I, can be prepared as
shown in Scheme 7.
[0436] Adamantanes of general formula (22) wherein P is hydrogen or
an acid protecting group such as, but not limited to,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkyl, aryl (substituted or unsubstituted) or
arylalkyl (substituted or unsubstituted), can be converted to
aldehydes of formula (23) by (a) treatment with a reducing agent
such as, but not limited to, lithium aluminum hydride, in a solvent
like THF; and (b) treating the product from step (a) with an
oxiding agent such as, but not limited to, TPAP, in the presence of
NMO, and in a solvent like dichloroethane.
[0437] Adamantane aldehydes of general formula (23) can be treated
with TosMIC and a base like t-BuOK in a solvent mixture like DME
and ethanol to provide nitriles of general formula (24). Nitriles
of general formula (24) can be hydrolyzed with potassium hydroxide
in a solvent like ethylene glycol to provide acids of general
formula (25). When treated with hydrogen peroxide and sodium
hydroxide in a solvent mixture like methanol and DMSO, nitriles of
general formula (24) can be transformed to amides of formula
(26).
[0438] Tetrazoles of formula (27) can be prepared from adamantanes
of general formula (24) when treated with reagents like sodium
azide and zinc bromide in a solvent like water and isopropanol.
##STR00009##
[0439] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (30), wherein
A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, D
and E are as defined in formula (I), can be prepared as shown in
Scheme 8.
[0440] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (28) can be
dehydrated with a reagent like TBTU in the presence of a base like
isopropylethylamine in a solvent like N,N-dimethylacetamide to
provide nitriles of general formula (29). Nitriles of general
formula (29) can be treated with reagents like trimethyl tin
chloride and sodium azide in a solvent like toluene to provide
tetrazoles of general formula (30).
[0441] Alternatively, adamantane amines of general formula (31)
wherein P is hydrogen or C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkyl, can be (a) treated
with a reagent like CbzCl in a solvent like dichloromethane in the
presence of a base like diisopropylethylamine; (b) treating the
resulting product with a reagent like KOTMS in a solvent like THF;
and (c) treating the acid from step (b) with ammonia or ammonium
hydroxide in the presence of a reagent like EDCI and HOBt, and a
base like diisopropylethylamine, in a solvent like DMF, to yield
adamantane amides of general formula (32) wherein P is a protecting
group like --C(O)OCH.sub.2C.sub.6H.sub.5. The amides of general
formula (32) can be (a) treated with a reagent like trifluoroacetic
anhydride in a solvent like dichloromethane in the presence of a
base like triethylamine; and (b) treating the intermediate from
step (a) with a catalyst like Pd(OH).sub.2 on carbon under an
atmosphere of hydrogen, to provide amines of formula (33). Amines
of general formula (33) can be coupled to acids of general formula
(17), in the presence of a reagent like HATU and a base like
diisopropylethylamine, in a solvent like DMF, to provide compounds
of general formula (29).
##STR00010##
[0442] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (34), wherein
A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, D
and E are as defined in formula I, can be prepared from treatment
of compounds of formula (29) with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in a
solvent like DMSO, in the presence of a base like
diisopropylethylamine.
##STR00011##
[0443] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (37) and (38),
wherein A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.4, R.sup.3,
R.sup.4, D and E are as defined in formula I, and R.sup.101 is
alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycle, can be
prepared as shown in Scheme 10.
[0444] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (35) can be (a)
treated with trifluoroacetic anhydride in a solvent like
trifluoroacetic acid; and (b) treating the product of step (a) with
a thiol of formula R.sup.101SH at elevated temperature, typically
at about 120.degree. C. for a period of about 20 hours, in a
solvent like trifluoroacetic acid to provide thioethers of general
formula (36). Thioethers of general formula (36) can be oxidized
with an oxidizing agent such as, but not limited to,
3-chloroperbenzoic acid, in a solvent such as, but not limited to,
dichloromethane, to provide sulfoxides of general formula (37)
and/or sulfones of general formula (38).
##STR00012##
[0445] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (42), wherein
A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4,
R.sup.25, R.sup.26, D and E are as defined in formula (I), can be
prepared as shown in Scheme 11.
[0446] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (22) wherein P is
hydrogen or an acid protecting group such as, but not limited to,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkyl, aryl (substituted or unsubstituted) or
arylalkyl (substituted or unsubstituted), can be converted alcohols
of formula (39) by treatment with a reducing agent such as, but not
limited to, lithium aluminum hydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
in a solvent like THF. Reaction of the alcohols of general formula
(39) with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in the presence of a
base like pyridine and in a solvent like dichloromethane provides
the intermediate triflate that can be isolated. Treatment of the
triflate with potassium thioacetate in a solvent like
dimethylformamide yields adamantanes of general formula (40).
Adamantane thioacetates of general formula (40), when treated with
an oxidizing agent such as, but not limited to, hydrogen peroxide
and a base like sodium acetate in a solvent like acetic acid
provides sulfonic acids of general formula (41).
[0447] Sulfonic acids of general formula (41) can be coupled with
an amine of formula R.sup.25R.sup.26NH wherein R.sup.25 and
R.sup.26 are defined as in formula I to provide compounds of
formula (42). Numerous reaction conditions for such a conversion
are known to one skilled in the art. One such coupling utilizes
triphosgene in the presence of a base like triethylamine with a
catalytic amount of dimethylformamide in a solvent like
dichloromethane, followed by the addition an amine of formula
R.sup.25R.sup.26NH.
[0448] Compounds of formula (42) wherein R.sup.25 is as defined in
formula (I) other than hydrogen and R.sup.26 is hydrogen, or
R.sup.25 and R.sup.26 are as defined in formula (I) other than
hydrogen, can also be obtained from the mono or dialkylation of
compounds of formula (42) wherein R.sup.25 and R.sup.26 are
hydrogen.
[0449] The mono alkylation can be facilitated with an alkylating
reagent of formula R.sup.25X.sub.1 wherein R.sup.25 is methyl,
benzyl, and allyl, and X.sub.1 is a leaving group such as, but not
limited to, Cl, Br, I, triflate or tosylate. The reaction is
generally conducted in the presence of a base such as, but not
limited to, alkali metal carbonates (for example, cesium carbonate
and the like), in a solvent such as, but not limited to, DMF,
providing compounds of formula (42) wherein R.sup.25 is methyl,
benzyl, and allyl, and R.sup.26 is hydrogen. Further alkylation
with R.sup.26X.sub.1 wherein R.sup.26 is methyl, benzyl, and allyl
and X.sub.1 as defined above, using the aforementioned reaction
condition, affords compounds of formula (42) wherein R.sup.25 and
R.sup.26 are independently selected from the group consisting of
methyl, benzyl, and allyl. The reaction can be conducted stepwise
or in situ without isolating the product of the monoalkylation.
[0450] Alternatively, compounds of formula (42) wherein R.sup.25
and R.sup.26 are identical and are as defined in formula (I) other
than hydrogen, can be prepared from the reaction of compounds of
formula (42) wherein R.sup.25 and R.sup.26 are hydrogen and about
two equivalents of the alkylating agent.
##STR00013##
[0451] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (46), wherein
A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4,
R.sup.16, R.sup.17, D and E are as defined in formula (I) can be
prepared as shown in Scheme 12.
[0452] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (43) can be
carbonylated with formic acid and oleum and poured into a solution
of formula R.sup.15OH to provide an adamantane of general formula
(44) wherein R.sup.15 is as defined in formula (I). Adamantanes of
general formula (44) wherein R.sup.15 is not hydrogen can be
converted to admantanes of formula (44) wherein R.sup.15 is
hydrogen using methodologies listed in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts
"Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" 3.sup.rd ed. 1999, Wiley
& Sons, Inc. The resulting acids can be coupled to amines of
general formula R.sup.16R.sup.17NH to provide amides of formula
(45) in the presence of coupling reagents such as, but not limited
to, EDCI and HOBt in a solvent like dichloromethane. Adamantanes of
general formula (45) may be treated with alcohols or thiols of
general formula (15) wherein D is --O-- or --S-- and E is defined
as in formula (I), in the presence of a base like potassium
carbonate in a solvent like toluene to provide adamantanes of
general formula (46).
[0453] Adamantanes of general formula (46) wherein D is --S-- can
be converted to compounds of formula (46) wherein D is --S(O)-- or
--S(O).sub.2-- by reacting with an oxidizing agent such as, but not
limited to, oxone in a solvent like methanol.
##STR00014##
[0454] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (54), wherein
A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.25 and R.sup.26 are as defined in
formula I, may be prepared as shown in Scheme 13.
[0455] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (47) can be
brominated with a reagent like hydrobromic acid in a solvent like
water to provide bromides of general formula (48). Adamantanes of
general formula (48) when treated with ethylene glycol and a
catalytic amount of an acid like p-toluenesulfonic acid in a
solvent like benzene provide adamantanes of general formula (49).
Bromides of general formula (49) can be (a) treated with Rieke zinc
in a solvent like tetrahydrofuran; and (b) followed by treatment
with reagent (50) (prepared as described in Han, Z.; Krishnamurthy,
D.; Grover, P.; Fang, Q. K.; Senanayake, C. H. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
2002, 124, 7880-7881) in a solvent like tetrahydrofuran to provide
adamantanes of general formula (51). Adamantanes of general formula
(51) may be treated with lithium amide of formula
LiNHR.sup.25R.sup.26 (prepared in situ by reacting ammonia with
lithium or amines of formula R.sup.25R.sup.26NH wherein R.sup.25
and R.sup.26 are other than hydrogen, with t-butyl lithium) in a
solvent mixture like ammonia and tetrahydrofuran. The resulting
sulfinamides can be oxidized with a reagent like osmium tetroxide
with a catalyst oxidant like NMO in a solvent like tetrahydrofuran
to provide sulfonamides of general formula (52). Adamantanes of
general formula (52) can be deketalized with reagents like
hydrochloric acid in a solvent like water and tetrahydrofuran to
provide ketones of formula (53). Ketones of formula (53) can be
treated with amines of formula R.sup.25R.sup.26NH followed by
reduction with reducing reagents such as, but not limited to,
sodium borohydride or hydrogen over Pd/C in a solvent like methanol
to provide amines of general formula (54).
##STR00015##
[0456] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (55), (56) and
(57) wherein R.sup.102 is hydrogen, alkyl or aryl, and A.sup.2,
A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, R.sup.23,
R.sup.24, D and E are as defined in formula (I), can be prepared as
shown in Scheme 14.
[0457] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (23) can be
treated with reagents like ammonia and glyoxal in a solvent like
water to provide imidazoles of general formula (55).
[0458] Reaction of compounds of formula (23) with Wittig reagent
such as, but not limited to, triethyl phosphonoacetate and a base
like sodium hydride in a solvent like dimethoxyethane provides
esters of general formula (56) wherein R.sup.102 is alkyl or aryl.
Esters of general formula (56) can be cleaved with lithium
hydroxide in a solvent mixture like tetrahydrofuran and water to
provide acids of general formula (56) wherein R.sup.102 is
hydrogen.
[0459] Adamantanes of general formula (23) can be reductively
aminated with amines of general formula R.sup.23R.sup.24NH with a
reagent like sodium triacetoxyborohydride in the presence of an
acid like acetic acid in a solvent like dichloroethane to yield
amines of general formula (57).
##STR00016##
[0460] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (60), wherein
A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, D
and E are as defined in formula I and Q is hydrogen, alkyl, or
cycloalkyl, can be prepared as shown in Scheme 15.
[0461] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (23) can be
treated with a reagent like acetylenemagnesium chloride in a
solvent like THF to yield alcohols of general formula (58).
Adamantane alcohols of general formula (58) can be oxidized with a
reagent like Dess-Martin periodinane in a solvent like
dichloromethane to provide alkynones of general formula (59).
Alkynones of general formula (59) can be reacted with a reagent
like hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base like
potassium carbonate in a solvent like isopropanol to provide
heterocycles of general formula (60).
##STR00017##
[0462] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (61), wherein
A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4,
R.sup.20, D and E are as defined in formula (I), can be prepared as
shown in Scheme 16.
[0463] Adamantanes of general formula (39) can be alkylated with a
reagent of formula R.sup.20X.sub.1, wherein X.sub.1 is a halide or
other leaving group like bromide, iodide, tosylate or triflate, in
the presence of a base like sodium hydride in a solvent like
dimethylformamide to yield ethers of general formula (61).
##STR00018##
[0464] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (63), wherein E
is aryl or heteroaryl and A.sup.1, A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4,
R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, and D are as defined in formula
(I) and R.sup.103 and R.sup.104 are alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl,
aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, or heterocyclealkyl,
or R.sup.103 and R.sup.104 combined to the atom to which they are
attached form a heterocycle or heteroaryl can be prepared as shown
in Scheme 17.
[0465] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (62) wherein
X.sub.1 is a halide or triflate can be coupled with amines of
formula NHR.sup.103R.sup.104 with a reagent combination like copper
iodide and N,N-dimethylglycine in a solvent like DMSO under
microwave heating to provide adamantanes of general formula
(63).
##STR00019##
[0466] Substituted adamantanes of general formula (65), wherein m
is 1 or 2, A.sup.1, A.sup.2, A.sup.3, A.sup.4, R.sup.1, R.sup.2,
R.sup.3, R.sup.4 and D are as defined in formula (I), E is aryl or
heteroaryl, and X.sub.2 is halogen, can be prepared as shown in
Scheme 18.
[0467] Adamantanes of general formula (64) can be halogenated with
a reagent like N-bromosuccinimde in the presence of an acid like
HBr in a solvent like dichloromethane to yield aryl halides of
general formula (65).
[0468] It is understood that the schemes described herein are for
illustrative purposes and that routine experimentation, including
appropriate manipulation of the sequence of the synthetic route,
protection of any chemical functionality that are not compatible
with the reaction conditions and deprotection are included in the
scope of the invention. Protection and Deprotection of carboxylic
acids and amines are known to one skilled in the art and references
can be found in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", T. W.
Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, 3rd edition, 1999, Wiley & Sons,
Inc.
[0469] The compounds and processes of the present invention will be
better understood by reference to the following Examples, which are
intended as an illustration of and not a limitation upon the scope
of the invention. Further, all citations herein are incorporated by
reference.
[0470] Compounds of the invention were named by ACD/ChemSketch
version 5.01 (developed by Advanced Chemistry Development, Inc.,
Toronto, ON, Canada) or were given names consistent with ACD
nomenclature. Adamantane ring system isomers were named according
to common conventions. Two substituents around a single ring within
an adamantane ring system are designated as being of Z or E
relative configuration (for examples see C. D. Jones, M. Kaselj, R.
N. Salvatore, W. J. le Noble J. Org. Chem. 63: 2758-2760,
1998).
Example 1
E-4-(2-methyl-2-phenoxy-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid Amide
Example 1A
E- and Z-5-hydroxy-2-adamantamine
[0471] A solution of 5-hydroxy-2-adamantanone (10 g, 60.161 mmoles)
and 4 .ANG. molecular sieves (5 g) in methanolic ammonia (7N, 100
mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was
cooled in an ice bath, treated by the portionwise addition of
sodium borohydride (9.1 g, 240.64 mmoles) and stirred at room
temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and MeOH was
removed under reduced pressure. The mixture was taken into DCM (100
mL), acidified with 1N HCl to pH=3 and the layers separated. The
aqueous layer was treated with 2N NaOH solution to pH=12 and
extracted three times with 4:1 THF:DCM. The combined organic
extracts were dried (MgSO.sub.4) and filtered. The filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the title compound
as a white solid (9.84 g, 97.9%).
Example 1B
E-2-bromo-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl)-2-methyl-propionamide
[0472] A solution of E- and Z-5-hydroxy-2-adamantamine (0.868 g,
5.2 mmoles) in DCM (15.0 mL) and DIPEA (2.5 mL) was cooled in an
ice bath and treated with 2-bromoisobutyryl bromide (0.72 mL, 5.8
mmoles) in DCM (2.5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at
room temperature and DCM was removed under reduced pressure. The
residue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The
organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, water,
dried (MgSO.sub.4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure to provide the title compound as dark beige
solid (1.17 g, 71%). The isomers were separated by column
chromatography (silica gel, 5-35% acetone in hexane) to furnish
0.78 g of
E-2-bromo-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl)-2-methyl-propionamide and
0.39 g of
Z-2-bromo-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl)-2-methyl-propionamide.
Example 1C
E-4-(2-bromo-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic Acid
Methyl Ester
[0473] A solution of
E-2-bromo-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl)-2-methyl-propionamide (0.78
g, 2.48 mmol) in 99% formic acid (2.5 mL) was added dropwise with
vigorous gas evolution over 10 minutes to a rapidly stirred 30%
oleum solution (7.5 mL) heated to 60.degree. C. (W. J. le Noble, S.
Srivastava, C. K. Cheung, J. Org. Chem. 48: 1099-1101, 1983). Upon
completion of addition, more 99% formic acid (2.5 mL) was slowly
added over the next 10 minutes. The mixture was stirred another 60
minutes at 60.degree. C. and then slowly poured into vigorously
stirred iced water (30.0 mL) cooled to 0.degree. C. The mixture was
allowed to slowly warm to 23.degree. C., filtered and washed with
water to neutral pH (100 mL). The precipitate was dried in a vacuum
oven, taken into MeOH and treated with thionyl chloride at
0.degree. C. (0.2 mL, 2.8 mmoles). The reaction mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 3 hours and then MeOH was evaporated under
reduced pressure to provide the title compound as an off-white
solid.
Example 1D
E-4-(2-methyl-2-phenoxy-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid
Step A
[0474] A solution of phenol (20.7 mg, 0.22 mmoles) and sodium
hydride (60%, 10.8 mg, 0.27 mmoles) in toluene (2 mL) was stirred
at room temperature for 1 hour. Then
E-4-(2-bromo-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid
methyl ester (71.6 mg, 0.2 mmoles) was added and the resulting
mixture was shaken at 100.degree. C. for 48 hours. After that the
reaction mixture was cooled and filtered. The filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude methyl ester
of the title compound that was purified on reverse phase HPLC.
Step B
[0475] The methyl ester of the title compound obtained from step A
was hydrolyzed with 2N aqueous NaOH, THF and ethanol (2:1:1, 2 mL)
at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was acidified
with 1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was
separated, washed with water and brine respectively, dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure to provide the title compound.
Example 1E
E-4-(2-methyl-2-phenoxy-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid Amide
[0476] A solution of
E-4-(2-methyl-2-phenoxy-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid (23 mg, 0.064 mmoles) in DCM (2 mL) was treated with HOBt (9.5
mg, 0.07 mmoles) and EDCI (14.7 mg, 0.077 mmoles) and stirred at
room temperature for 1 hour. Excess of aqueous (30%) ammonia (2 mL)
was added and the reaction was stirred for additional 20 hours. The
layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted twice more
with methylene chloride (2.times.2 mL). The combined organic
extracts were washed with water (3.times.2 mL), brine (2 mL), dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure to provide the crude title compound that was
purified on reverse phase HPLC to provide the title compound.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 7.26-7.31 (m, 2H) 7.25
(d, J=7.49 Hz, 1H) 7.02 (t, J=7.33 Hz, 1H) 6.95 (s, 1H) 6.91 (d,
J=7.80 Hz, 2H) 6.68 (s, 1H) 3.79-3.88 (m, 1H) 1.91 (s, 2H)
1.76-1.87 (m, 5H) 1.71 (s, 2H) 1.65 (d, J=12.79 Hz, 2H) 1.45 (s,
6H) 1.38 (d, J=12.79 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 357 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 2
E-4-[2-methyl-2-(4-(trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-propionylamino]-adamantane--
1-carboxylic Acid Amide
[0477] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1D and 1E substituting
4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl alcohol for phenol. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz,
DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 7.73 (d, J=8.11 Hz, 2H) 7.62 (d, J=8.11 Hz,
2H) 7.07 (d, J=7.49 Hz, 1H) 6.95 (s, 1H) 6.68 (s, 1H) 4.60 (s, 2H)
3.78 (d, J=7.49 Hz, 1H) 1.88 (s, 2H) 1.76-1.85 (m, 5H) 1.72 (s, 2H)
1.59 (d, J=13.10 Hz, 2H) 1.39-1.44 (m, 8H). MS (ESI+) m/z 439
(M+H).sup.+
Example 3
E-4-[2-methyl-2-(2-methyl-cyclohexyloxy)-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-carb-
oxylic Acid
[0478] A two phase suspension of
E-4-(2-bromo-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid
methyl ester (71.6 mg, 0.2 mmoles), 2-methylcyclohexanol (0.033 mL,
0.24 mmoles) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (6 mg, 0.02 mmoles) in
DCM (1.0 mL) and 50% aqueous NaOH (1.0 mL) was stirred at room
temperature for 20 hours. After that the reaction mixture was
diluted with DCM, neutralized with 3N HCl and layers separated.
Organic layer was washed with water (3.times.2 mL), dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure to provide crude methyl ester of the title
compound that was purified on reverse phase HPLC and hydrolyzed
with 2N aqueous NaOH, THF and ethanol (2:1:1, 2 mL) at room
temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was acidified with
1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was
separated, washed with water and brine respectively, dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure to provide the title compound. .sup.1H NMR (400
MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 11.77-12.49 (m, 1H) 7.27 (d, J=7.98 Hz,
1H) 3.76 (d, J=6.75 Hz, 1H) 3.19-3.28 (m, 1H) 0.98-1.96 (m, 28H)
0.85-0.96 (m, 3H) MS (ESI+) m/z 378 (M+H).sup.+
Example 4
E-4-[2-methyl-2-(3-methyl-cyclohexyloxy)-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-carb-
oxylic Acid
[0479] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 3 substituting 3-methylcyclohexanol for
2-methylcyclohexanol. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm
11.70-12.38 (m, 1H) 7.16 (d, J=7.36 Hz, 1H) 3.76 (s, 1H) 3.41-3.53
(m, 1H) 1.33-1.96 (m, 18H) 1.05-1.31 (m, 8H) 0.66-0.99 (m, 5H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 378 (M+H).sup.+
Example 5
E-4-(2-cycloheptyloxy-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid
[0480] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 3 substituting cycloheptanol for
2-methylcyclohexanol. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm
11.85-12.35 (m, 1H) 7.21 (d, J=7.67 Hz, 1H) 3.70-3.88 (m, 2H)
1.37-1.96 (m, 25H) 1.27 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 378 (M+H).sup.+
Example 6
E-4-(2-(cyclohexylmethoxy-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid
[0481] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 3 substituting cyclohexylmethanol for
2-methylcyclohexanol. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm
11.70-12.50 (m, 1H) 7.06 (d, J=7.36 Hz, 1H) 3.76 (d, J=7.98 Hz, 1H)
3.19 (d, J=6.14 Hz, 2H) 1.41-1.95 (m, 19H) 1.26 (s, 6H) 0.90-1.25
(m, 5H). MS (ESI+) m/z 378 (M+H).sup.+
Example 7
E-4-[2-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid
Example 7A
E-4-Amino-adamantane-1-carboxylic Acid
[0482] To 1.0 g (10 wt %) of 5% Pd/C is added
4-oxo-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid (10.0 g, 51.5 mmol) followed by
7M NH.sub.3 in MeOH (200 mL). The reaction mixture is stirred under
an atmosphere of H.sub.2 at 23.degree. C. for 16-24 hours; water
(200 mL) is added; and the catalyst is removed by filtration. The
catalyst is washed with methanol and the filtrate solution is
concentrated under reduced pressure at a bath temperature of
35.degree. C. until solvent stops coming over. Approximately 150 mL
of a slurry remains. Acetonitrile (300 mL) is added to the slurry
which is then stirred for 3 hours at 23.degree. C. The slurry is
filtered and washed once with acetonitrile (100 mL). The wet cake
is dried at 50.degree. C. and 20 mmHg under N.sub.2 to yield
E-4-amino-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid (8.65 g, 86%, 13.1:1.0 E:Z
ratio by .sup.1H-NMR in D.sub.2O).
Example 7B
E-4-Amino-adamantane-1-carboxylic Acid Methyl Ester
[0483] Methanol (85 mL) was cooled to 0.degree. C.; acetyl chloride
(15.5 mL) was added dropwise; and then the solution was warmed to
23.degree. C. for 15-20 minutes. E-4-Amino-adamantane-1-carboxylic
acid (8.53 g, 43.7 mmol) was added and the reaction solution was
heated to 45.degree. C. for 16 hours. The reaction solution was
cooled to 23.degree. C. and acetonitrile (85 mL) was added. The
reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to
.about.1/4 volume. The reaction solution was further chase
distilled with acetonitrile (2.times.85 mL). The resulting
suspension was cooled to 23.degree. C. and filtered. The filtrate
was recirculated twice to wash the wet cake. The product was dried
at 50.degree. C., 20 mmHg for 16 hours to afford
E-4-amino-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid methyl ester as a white
crystalline solid (10.02 g, 93%).
Example 7C
E-4-[2-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid
[0484] To the solution of E-4-Adamantamine-1-carboxylic acid methyl
ester (49 mg, 0.2 mmoles) and triethylamine (0.097 mL, 0.7 mmoles)
in DCM (1.0 mL) was added a solution of
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionyl chloride (55 mg, 0.24 mmoles)
in DCM (1.0 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 20 hours and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was partitioned between ethylacetate and water. The
organic layer was separated and washed with 1N HCl, water and
brine, dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure to provide the crude methyl ester of the
title compound that was purified on reverse phase HPLC and
hydrolyzed with 2N aqueous NaOH, THF and ethanol (2:1:1, 2 mL) at
room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was acidified
with 1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was
separated, washed with water and brine respectively, dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure to provide the title compound. .sup.1H NMR (500
MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 11.94-12.25 (m, 1H) 7.30-7.36 (m, 3H)
6.87-6.94 (m, 2H) 3.80-3.87 (m, 1H) 1.93 (s, 2H) 1.85 (d, J=2.44
Hz, 3H) 1.80 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 2H) 1.75 (s, 2H) 1.68 (d, J=12.82 Hz,
2H) 1.46 (s, 6H) 1.38 (d, J=12.82 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 392
(M+H).sup.+
Example 8
E-4-[2-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid Amide
[0485] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1E from
E-4-[2-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-carboxyli-
c acid (Example 7C). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm
7.25-7.36 (m, 3H) 6.94-6.99 (m, 1H) 6.89-6.94 (m, 2H) 6.69 (s, 1H)
3.83 (d, J=7.67 Hz, 1H) 1.91 (s, 2H) 1.75-1.87 (m, 5H) 1.63-1.73
(m, 4H) 1.46 (s, 6H) 1.32-1.42 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 391
(M+H).sup.+
Example 9
E-4-[2-methyl-2-(4-methyl-cyclohexyloxy)-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-carb-
oxylic Acid Amide
[0486] The title compound was prepared according to the procedures
outlined in Example 3 and 1E, substituting 4-methylcyclohexanol for
2-methylcyclohexanol. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm
7.14 (d, 1H) 6.98 (s, 1H) 6.70 (s, 1H) 3.72-3.82 (m, 1H) 3.39-3.50
(m, 1H) 1.19-1.96 (m, 26H) 0.91-1.05 (m, 2H) 0.81-0.89 (m, 3H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 377 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 10
E-4-[(2-phenoxypropanoyl)amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0487] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 7C and 1E substituting 2-phenoxy-propionyl
chloride for 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionyl chloride.
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 7.74 (d, J=7.36 Hz, 1H)
7.26 (t, J=7.98 Hz, 2H) 6.83-6.99 (m, 4H) 6.68 (s, 1H) 4.86 (q,
J=6.55 Hz, 1H) 3.78 (d, J=7.06 Hz, 1H) 1.69-1.92 (m, 11H) 1.43 (d,
J=6.44 Hz, 3H) 1.37 (d, J=12.89 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 343
(M+H).sup.+
Example 11
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid
[0488] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1D substituting 2-methylphenol for phenol.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 11.58-12.61 (br. s, 1H)
7.28 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1H) 7.19 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1H) 7.05-7.13 (m, 1H)
6.91 (t, J=6.87 Hz, 1H) 6.82 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H) 3.79-3.88 (m, 1H)
2.22 (s, 3H) 1.95 (s, 2H) 1.86 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 3H) 1.82 (s, 2H) 1.76
(s, 2H) 1.68 (d, J=13.12 Hz, 2H) 1.46 (s, 6H) 1.43 (d, J=13.73 Hz,
2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 372 (M+H).sup.+
Example 12
E-4-{[2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid
[0489] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1D substituting 4-methylphenol for phenol.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 11.75-12.46 (br.s, 1H)
7.30 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1H) 7.08 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 2H) 6.81 (d, J=8.54 Hz,
2H) 3.80-3.86 (m, 1H) 2.23 (s, 3H) 1.94 (s, 2H) 1.86 (d, J=2.44 Hz,
3H) 1.82 (s, 2H) 1.76 (s, 2H) 1.69 (d, J=12.82 Hz, 2H) 1.38-1.45
(m, 8H). MS (ESI+) m/z 372 (M+H).sup.+
Example 13
E-4-{[2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid
[0490] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1D substituting 2-chlorophenol for phenol.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 11.50-12.76 (br. s, 1H)
7.63 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1H) 7.57 (dd, J=7.93, 1.53 Hz, 1H) 7.36 (t, 1H)
7.24 (dd, J=8.24, 1.22 Hz, 1H) 7.16 (t, 1H) 3.88-3.98 (m, 1H) 2.04
(s, 2H) 1.94 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 5H) 1.82-1.88 (m, 4H) 1.52-1.59 (m,
8H). MS (ESI+) m/z 392 (M+H).sup.+
Example 14
E-4-{[2-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamid-
e
[0491] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1D and 1E substituting 2-methoxyphenol for
phenol. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 7.91 (d, J=7.67
Hz, 1H) 7.05-7.11 (m, 3H) 7.00 (s, 1H) 6.86-6.93 (m, 1H) 6.71 (s,
1H) 3.81-3.88 (m, 1H) 3.79 (s, 3H) 1.96 (s, 2H) 1.76-1.92 (m, 9H)
1.54 (d, J=13.20 Hz, 2H) 1.36 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 387
(M+H).sup.+
Example 15
E-4-{[2-(4-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamid-
e
[0492] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1D and 1E substituting 4-methoxyphenol for
phenol. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 7.30 (d, J=7.36
Hz, 1H) 6.93-7.01 (m, 1H) 6.82-6.92 (m, 4H) 6.70 (s, 1H) 3.85 (d,
J=7.06 Hz, 1H) 3.71 (s, 3H) 1.92-1.97 (m, 2H) 1.77-1.89 (m, 5H)
1.74 (s, 3H) 1.71 (s, 1H) 1.44 (d, J=12.58 Hz, 2H) 1.37 (s, 6H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 387 (M+H).sup.+
Example 16
E-4-({2-methyl-2-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1--
carboxamide
[0493] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1D and 1E substituting 3-trifluoromethylphenol
for phenol. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 7.53 (t,
J=7.98 Hz, 1H) 7.37 (dd, J=12.12, 7.21 Hz, 2H) 7.19 (dd, 1H) 7.14
(s, 1H) 6.95 (s, 1H) 6.68 (s, 1H) 3.81 (s, 1H) 1.90 (s, 2H) 1.80
(d, J=7.67 Hz, 4H) 1.76 (s, 1H) 1.70 (s, 2H) 1.61 (d, 2H) 1.52 (s,
6H) 1.32 (d, J=13.50 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 425 (M+H).sup.+
Example 17
E-4-{[2-(3-methoxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamid-
e
[0494] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1D and 1E substituting 3-methoxyphenol for
phenol. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 7.26 (d, J=7.32
Hz, 1H) 7.17 (t, J=8.24 Hz, 1H) 6.98 (s, 1H) 6.71 (s, 1H) 6.60 (dd,
J=8.39, 1.98 Hz, 1H) 6.43-6.48 (m, 2H) 3.82 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1H) 3.70
(s, 3H) 1.91 (s, 2H) 1.76-1.86 (m, 5H) 1.71 (s, 2H) 1.66 (d,
J=12.82 Hz, 2H) 1.46 (s, 6H) 1.36 (d, J=12.51 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI+)
m/z 387 (M+H).sup.+
Example 18
N-adamantan-2-yl-2-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionamide
[0495] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 7C substituting 4-adamantamine hydrochloride
for E-4-adamantamine-1-carboxylic acid methyl ester. .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 7.30-7.35 (m, 2H) 7.25 (d, J=7.36
Hz, 1H) 6.89-6.94 (m, 2H) 3.83-3.91 (m, 1H) 1.82 (d, J=10.74 Hz,
2H) 1.77 (s, 5H) 1.64-1.73 (m, 5H) 1.42-1.49 (m, 8H). MS (ESI+) m/z
348 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 19
E-2-(4-Chloro-phenoxy)-N-(5-hydroxy-adamantan-2-yl)-2-methyl-propionamide
[0496] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 7C substituting E-4-aminoadamantan-1-ol for
E-4-adamantamine-1-carboxylic acid methyl ester. .sup.1H NMR (400
MHz, DMSO-D6) .delta. ppm 7.30-7.35 (m, 2H) 7.22 (d, J=7.06 Hz, 1H)
6.88-6.94 (m, 2H) 4.21-4.52 (br s, 1H) 3.75-3.80 (m, 1H) 1.96 (s,
2H) 1.91 (s, 1H) 1.64-1.71 (m, 2H) 1.53-1.62 (m, 6H) 1.45 (s, 6H)
1.27 (d, J=12.58 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 364 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 20
E-{[2-Methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0497] A solution of the product of Example 12 (24 mg, 0.064 mmol)
in DCM (2 mL) was treated with HOBt (9.5 mg, 0.07 mmol) and EDCI
(14.7 mg, 0.077 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
Excess of aqueous (30%) ammonia (2 mL) was added and the reaction
was stirred for additional 20 hours. The layers were separated and
the aqueous layer extracted with DCM (2.times.2 mL). The combined
organic extracts were washed with water (3.times.2 mL), brine (2
mL), dried (MgSO.sub.4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure to provide the crude compound that was
purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8
column (25 mm.times.100 mm, 7 um particle size) using a gradient of
10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8 min (10 min run
time) at a flow rate of 40 mL/min. to provide the title compound.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 7.28 (d, J=7.36 Hz,
1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.12 Hz, 2H), 6.98-6.99 (bs, 1H), 6.80-6.82 (m,
2H), 6.71-6.73 (bs, 1H), 3.81-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.91-1.93
(m, 2H), 1.77-1.87 (m, 5H), 1.71-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.70 (m, 2H),
1.41 (s, 6H), 1.37-1.42 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 371 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 21
E-4-{[2-(3-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide
Example 21A
[0498] Example 21A was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 1D, substituting 3-chlorophenol for phenol.
Example 21B
E-4-{[2-(3-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0499] The title compound was prepared using the procedure as
described in Example 1E, substituting the product of Example 21A
for the product of Example 1D. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. ppm 7.35 (d, J=6.93 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (t, J=8.10 Hz, 1H), 7.07
(dd, J=7.83, 1.91 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.98 (bs, 1H), 6.92 (t, J=2.15 Hz,
1H), 6.87 (dd, J=8.22, 2.29 Hz, 1H), 6.70-6.72 (bs, 1H), 1.90-1.93
(m, 2H), 1.70-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s, 6H), 3.80-3.84 (m, 1H),
1.76-1.85 (m, 5H), 1.60-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.33-1.37 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+)
m/z 391 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 22
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
-carboxamide
Example 22A
[0500] Example 22A was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 1D, substituting 4-trifluoromethoxyphenol for
phenol.
Example 22B
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-
-carboxamide
[0501] The title compound was prepared using the procedure as
described in Example 1E, substituting the product of Example 22A
for the product of Example 1D. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. ppm 7.41 (t, J=8.25 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=6.94 Hz, 1H), 7.00
(d, J=8.15 Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.82-6.84 (bs, 1H),
6.67-6.69 (bs, 1H), 3.79-3.84 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.86
(m, 5H), 1.69-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.51 (s, 6H),
1.29-1.37 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 441 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 23
E-4-{[2-(3-Bromophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid
[0502] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1D, substituting 3-bromo-phenol for phenol.
.sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 12.05-12.10 (s,
1H), 7.38 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.06 (t, J=2.06
Hz, 1H), 6.91 (ddd, J=8.09, 2.36, 1.18 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.84 (m, 1H),
1.93-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.77-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.76
(m, 2H), 1.65-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 6H), 1.36-1.40 (m, 2H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 437 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 24
4-({[((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)car-
bonyl]amino}methyl)benzoic Acid
[0503] To a solution of the product of Example 7C (200 mg, 0.51
mmol) and TBTU (246 mg, 0.77 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added
N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.27 mL, 1.53 mmol) followed by
4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (123 mg, 0.61
mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction
mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken in ethyl
acetate and washed with water and brine respectively, dried
(MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated in vacuo to get crude methyl ester of
the title compound that was purified by reverse phase preparative
HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (40 mm.times.100 mm, 7 um
particle size) using a gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1%
aqueous TFA over 12 min (15 min run time) at a flow rate of 70
mL/min. and concentrated. The methyl ester of the title compound
was hydrolyzed as described in step B of Example 1D. The crude acid
product was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters
Symmetry C8 column (40 mm.times.100 mm, 7 um particle size) using a
gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 12 min
(15 min run time) at a flow rate of 70 mL/min. to provide the title
compound. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm
12.77-12.82 (bs, 1H), 8.08 (t, J=5.96 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=7.99 Hz,
2H), 7.29-7.36 (m, 5H), 6.91-6.93 (m, 2H), 4.31 (d, J=5.86 Hz, 2H),
3.84-3.89 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.91 (m, 5H), 1.77-1.79
(m, 2H), 1.67-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 6H), 1.32-1.45 (m, 2H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 525 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 25
E-4-{[2-(2,3-Dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxy-
lic Acid
Example 25A
2-(2,3-Dimethylphenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic Acid
[0504] To an ice cold solution of 2,3-dimethylphenol (136 mg, 1.0
mmol) and 1,1,1-trichloro-2-methyl-2-propanol hydrate (492 mg, 2.75
mmol) in acetone (2 mL) was added powdered sodium hydroxide (393
mg, 9.83 mmol) in three equal portions at 1 hour interval. After
each addition reaction mixture was allowed to come to room
temperature. Before last addition of sodium hydroxide, acetone (2
mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 48 hours and concentrated in vacuo.
The residue was diluted with water and acidified to pH 1 with
aqueous HCl and extracted with diethyl ether (3.times.5 mL). The
organic layers were pooled, dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and filtered.
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the
crude that was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC on a
Waters Symmetry C8 column (40 mm.times.100 mm, 7 um particle size)
using a gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over
12 min (15 min run time) at a flow rate of 70 mL/min. to provide
the title compound as a pale yellow solid (158 mg, 76%).
Example 25B
E-4-{[2-(2,3-Dimethylphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxy-
lic Acid
[0505] To a solution of the product of Example 25A (20.8 mg, 0.1
mmol) and TBTU (48 mg, 0.15 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added
N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.052 mL, 0.3 mmol) followed by the
product of Example 7B (30 mg, 0.12 mmol) and stirred at room
temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in
vacuo. The residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC
on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25 mm.times.100 mm, 7 um particle
size) using a gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA
over 8 min (10 min run time) at a flow rate of 40 mL/min. and
hydrolyzed as described in step B of Example 1D to provide the
title compound. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm
12.03-12.14 (bs, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=7.30 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (t, J=7.79 Hz,
1H), 6.84 (d, J=7.44 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=8.14 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.88
(m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.95-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.88
(m, 5H), 1.76-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.48 (m, 2H),
1.43 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 386 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 26
tert-Butyl
4-(2-{[(E)-5-(aminocarbonyl)-2-adamantyl]amino}-1,1-dimethyl-2--
oxoethoxy)phenylcarbamate
Example 26A
[0506] Example 26A was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 25A, substituting (4-hydroxy-phenyl)-carbamic acid
tert-butyl ester for 2,3-dimethylphenol.
Example 26B
[0507] Example 26B was prepared using the procedure as described in
Example 25B, substituting the product of Example 26A for the
product of Example 25A.
Example 26C
tert-Butyl
4-(2-{[(E)-5-(aminocarbonyl)-2-adamantyl]amino}-1,1-dimethyl-2--
oxoethoxy)phenylcarbamate
[0508] The title compound was prepared using the procedure as
described in Example 1E, substituting the product of Example 26B
for the product of Example 1D. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. ppm 9.18-9.20 (bs, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.50 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d,
J=7.37 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.98 (bs, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=8.77 Hz, 2H),
6.68-6.70 (bs, 1H), 3.81-3.87 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.89
(m, 5H), 1.68-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.39-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.39
(s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 472 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 27
E-N-[4-(Aminocarbonyl)benzyl]-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]am-
ino}adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0509] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 1E substituting the product of Example 24 for
the product of Example 1D. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. ppm 8.03-8.08 (m, 1H), 7.86-7.88 (bs, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.09
Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.27 (m, 2H),
6.91-6.93 (m, 2H), 4.29 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.89 (m, 1H),
1.82-1.96 (m, 7H), 1.77-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s,
6H), 1.37-1.42 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 524 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 28
E-N-[4-(Aminocarbonyl)methyl]-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]am-
ino}adamantane-1-carboxamide
Example 28A
[0510] Example 28A was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 24, substituting glycine methyl ester hydrochloride for
4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride.
Example 28B
E-N-[4-(Aminocarbonyl)methyl]-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]am-
ino}adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0511] The title compound was prepared using the procedure as
described in Example 1E, substituting the product of Example 28A
for the product of Example 1D. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. ppm 7.49-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, J=7.21
Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.11 (bs, 1H), 6.93-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.93 (m, 2H),
3.82-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.58 (d, J=5.68 Hz, 2H), 1.92-1.98 (m, 2H),
1.80-1.90 (m, 5H), 1.74-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s,
6H), 1.36-1.41 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 448 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 29
3-({[((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)car-
bonyl]amino}methyl)benzoic Acid
[0512] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 24, substituting 3-aminomethyl-benzoic acid
methyl ester hydrochloride for 4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid methyl
ester hydrochloride. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta.
ppm 12.81-12.91 (m, 1H), 8.06-8.12 (m, 1H), 7.77-7.82 (m, 2H),
7.40-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.32 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.93
(m, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=5.89 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.88 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.96 (m,
2H), 1.82-1.90 (m, 5H), 1.77-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.46
(s, 6H), 1.37-1.42 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 525 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 30
E-4-({2-[(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)oxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-ca-
rboxamide
Example 30A
2-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yloxy)-2-methyl-propionic Acid
Step A
[0513] To a stirred and cooled (0.degree. C.) solution of
2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionic acid methyl ester (2.6 mL, 22.70 mmol)
and 5-bromo-2-fluoro-pyridine (3.32 g, 18.92 mmol) in THF (26 mL)
and DMPU (13 mL) was added portionwise NaH (1 g, 60% in oil, 24.59
mmol). After the addition, the resulting mixture was warmed to room
temperature and stirred overnight. Saturated NH.sub.4Cl was then
added to quench the reaction and Et.sub.2O was used to partition
the mixture. The organic phase was washed with water, brine, dried
over MgSO.sub.4, and filtered. After concentration, the residue was
purified over silica gel using 20% EtOAc/hexane and concentrated to
give a clear oil.
Step B
[0514] The product of Step A (1.56 g, 5.71 mmol) was dissolved in
THF (30 mL) and KOTMS (1.1 g, 8.57 mmol) was added in one portion.
The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature overnight.
Et.sub.2O (30 mL) and water (40 mL) were added to the reaction to
partition the mixture. The phases were separated, and the aqueous
phase was acidified using 10% NaHSO.sub.4 solution and extracted
with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as a white
solid.
Example 30B
E-4-([2-[(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)oxy]-2-methylpropanoyl]amino)adamantane-1-ca-
rboxamide
Step A
[0515] HATU (2.46 g, 6.48 mmol) was added in one portion to a
solution of the product of Step B of Example 30A (1.40 g, 5.40
mmol), the product of Example 7B (1.45 g, 5.95 mmol), and DIPEA
(2.82 mL, 16.2 mmol) in dry CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (20 mL). The resulting
solution was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight before
it was diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed with aqueous
NaHSO.sub.4 solution, 1 M NaOH, dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and
evaporated. The residue was purified over silica gel using 30%
EtOAc/hexanes and concentrated to give an oil.
Step B
[0516] To the product of Step A (2.27 g, 5.04 mmol) in THF (15 mL)
was added KOTMS (1.42 g, 11.08 mmol) and the resulting solution was
stirred at room temperature overnight before it was diluted with
Et.sub.2O and water. The phases were separated and the aqueous
phase was acidified with NaHSO.sub.4 solution and extracted with
EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO.sub.4) and
evaporated to give a white solid.
Step C
[0517] EDCI (1.40 g, 7.25 mmol) was added to a solution of the
product of Step B (2.17 g, 4.84 mmol), HOBt (1.17 g, 8.71 mmol),
DIPEA (2.5 mL, 14.4 mmol) in dry CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (20 mL). The
resulting solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for 1 hr
before NH.sub.3 solution was added (12 mL, 2M in iPrOH). The
mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25.degree. C., diluted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed with NaHSO.sub.4 solution, 1M NaOH,
brine, dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and evaporated. The residue was
purified over silica gel using 5% MeOH/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 to give the
title compound as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CD.sub.3OD)
.delta. ppm 8.11 (d, J=2.52 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J=8.74, 2.60 Hz,
1H), 6.84 (d, J=8.74 Hz, 1H), 3.89-3.92 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.99 (m, 6H),
1.83 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 6H), 1.41-1.62 (m, 4H). MS (ESI+) m/z 436
(M+H).sup.+.
Example 31
E-4-{[2-(2-Cyanophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide
Example 31A
[0518] Example 31A was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 25A, substituting 2-hydroxy-benzonitrile for
2,3-dimethylphenol.
Example 31B
[0519] Example 31B was prepared using the procedure as described in
Example 25B, substituting the product of Example 31A for the
product of Example 25A.
Example 31C
E-4-{[2-(2-Cyanophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0520] The title compound was prepared using the procedure as
described in Example 1E, substituting the product of Example 31B
for the product of Example 1D. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. ppm 7.78 (dd, J=7.68, 1.75 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (ddd, J=8.54,
7.48, 1.68 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=6.94 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (td, J=7.58, 0.87
Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.99 (bs, 1H), 6.71-6.72
(bs, 1H), 3.83-3.87 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.88 (m, 7H),
1.71-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 6H), 1.35-1.39 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z
382 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 32
E-4-{[2-(4-Hydroxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamid-
e
Example 32A
[0521] Example 32A was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 25A, substituting 4-benzyloxy-phenol for
2,3-dimethylphenol.
Example 32B
[0522] Example 32B was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 25B, substituting the product of Example 32A for the
product of Example 25A.
Example 32C
[0523] Example 32C was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 1E, substituting the product of Example 32B for the
product of Example 1D.
Example 32D
E-4-{[2-(4-Hydroxyphenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}adamantane-1-carboxamid-
e
[0524] The product of Example 32C (62 mg, 0.13 mmol) was
debenzylated using 20% Pd(OH).sub.2/C (63 mg) and methanol (2 mL)
at 60 psi at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture
was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the
crude product that was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC
on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25 mm.times.100 mm, 7 um particle
size) using a gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA
over 8 min (10 min run time) at a flow rate of 40 mL/min. to
provide title compound as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 9.12 (s, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=7.49 Hz, 1H),
6.96-6.99 (bs, 1H), 6.77-6.79 (m, 2H), 6.69-6.71 (bs, 1H),
6.63-6.69 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.87 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.89
(m, 5H), 1.69-1.76 (m, 4H), 1.42-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.35 (s, 6H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 373 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 33
((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)acetic
Acid
Example 33A
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropanam-
ide
[0525] To a cold (-30.degree. C.) solution of the methyl ester of
Example 7C (870 mg, 2.15 mmol) in THF (3.0 mL) was added IN LAH in
THF solution (3.22 ml, 3.22 mmol) slowly under N.sub.2 flow. The
reaction mixture was stirred from -30.degree. C. to 0.degree. C.
for 3 hours. It was quenched with water carefully, acidified with
1N HCl and extracted with DCM 3 times. The combined organic layer
was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, concentrated under
reduced pressure and the residue purified by flash chromatography
with 30% ethyl acetate/70% hexane to provide the title compound
(690 mg, 85%). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm
9.32-9.39 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 6.81-6.91 (m,
2H), 3.99-4.12 (m, 1H), 1.44-2.15 (m, 21H). MS (ESI+) m/z 378
(M+H).sup.+.
Example 33B
E-4-[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-carbaldehyd-
e
[0526] To a solution of the product of Example 33A (990 mg, 2.63
mmol) in DCE (8.0 mL) were added NMO (461 mg, 3.94 mmol), TPAP (46
mg, 0.13 mmol) and molecular sieves at room temperature under
N.sub.2 flow. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room
temperature. It was filtered through Celite and washed with DCM 3
times. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure and purified by flash chromatography with 30% ethyl
acetate/70% hexane to provide the title compound (740 mg, 75%).
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 9.36 (m, 1H),
7.20-7.26 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.91 (m, 2H), 4.00-4.10
(m, 1H), 1.48-2.13 (m, 19H). MS (ESI+) m/z 376 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 33C
E-{4-[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantan-1-yl}-acetoni-
trile
[0527] To a cold (0.degree. C.) solution of the product of Example
33B (375 mg, 1 mmol) in DME (5.0 mL)/EtOH (0.15 ml) was added
TosMIC (254 mg, 1.3 mmol) and t-BuOK (281 mg, 2.5 mmol) under
N.sub.2 flow. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 2 hrs, then heated to 35-40.degree. C. for 30 minutes. It was
filtered through Al.sub.2O.sub.3 plug after it was cool down to
room temperature and washed with DME (3.times.). The combined
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by
flash chromatography with 30% ethyl acetate/70% hexane to provide
the title compound (200 mg, 52%). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. ppm 7.19-7.29 (m, 2H), 6.91-7.01 (m, 1H), 6.81-6.90 (m,
2H), 3.96-4.05 (m, 1H), 2.14 (s, 2H), 1.94-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.47-1.75
(m, 15H). MS (ESI+) m/z 387 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 33D
((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)acetic
Acid
[0528] To a solution of the product of Example 33C (40 mg, 0.1
mmol) in ethylene glycol (0.5 ml) was added 25% KOH solution (0.2
ml). The reaction mixture was heated to 150.degree. C. overnight
and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase
preparative HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25 mm.times.100
mm, 7 um particle size) using a gradient of 10% to 100%
acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8 min (10 min run time) at a
flow rate of 40 mL/min. to provide the title compound (19 mg, 45%).
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.19-7.25 (m, 2H),
6.96-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.90 (m, 2H), 3.98-4.07 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.18
(m, 2H), 1.88-2.03 (m, 3H), 1.47-1.85 (m, 16H). MS (ESI+) m/z 406
(M+H).sup.+.
Example 34
N-[(E)-5-(2-Amino-2-oxoethyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpro-
panamide
[0529] To a solution of the product of Example 33C (22 mg, 0.057
mmol) in MeOH (0.15 ml)/DMSO (0.005 ml) were added 30%
H.sub.2O.sub.2 (0.011 ml) and 0.2 M NaOH (0.006 ml). The reaction
mixture was heated to 50.degree. C. overnight and concentrated. The
residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters
Symmetry C8 column (25 mm.times.100 mm, 7 um particle size) using a
gradient of 10% to 100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8 min
(10 min run time) at a flow rate of 40 mL/min. to provide the title
compound (13 mg, 56%). .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
ppm 7.21-7.26 (m, 2H), 6.94-7.04 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.91 (m, 2H),
5.62-5.72 (m, 1H), 5.35-5.43 (m, 1H), 3.97-4.06 (m, 1H), 1.89-2.05
(m, 5H), 1.48-1.80 (m, 18H). MS (ESI+) m/z 405 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 35
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-ylmethyl)-2-adamanty-
l]propanamide
[0530] To a solution of the product of Example 33C (65 mg, 0.168
mmol) in water (0.2 ml)/isopropanol (0.1 ml) were added NaN.sub.3
(22 mg, 0.337 mmol) and ZnBr.sub.2 (19 mg, 0.084 mmol). The
reaction mixture was heated to 150.degree. C. in a sealed tube for
two days and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse
phase preparative HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25
mm.times.100 mm, 7 um particle size) using a gradient of 10% to
100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8 min (10 min run time) at
a flow rate of 40 mL/min. to provide the title compound (43 mg,
45%). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) .delta. ppm 7.34-7.43 (m,
1H), 7.23-7.31 (m, 2H), 6.89-6.96 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.92 (m, 1H), 2.75
(s, 2H), 1.86-2.02 (m, 3H), 1.43-1.74 (m, 16H). MS (ESI+) m/z 430
(M+H).sup.+.
Example 36
N-{(E)-5-[(Aminosulfonyl)methyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-
propanamide
Example 36A
N-{(E)-5-[(Thioacetyl)methyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpro-
panamide
[0531] To a 0.degree. C. solution of the product of Example 33A
(0.71 g, 1.88 mmol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (5.0 mL) and pyridine (0.46
mL, 5.64 mmol) was added trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (0.35
mL, 2.07 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under an
atmosphere of N.sub.2 for 30 min at 0.degree. C. The crude products
were diluted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The
resulting crude material was dissolved in DMF (5.0 mL), treated
with potassium thioacetate (0.43 g, 3.76 mmol), and heated to
70.degree. C. overnight. The crude reaction mixture was diluted
with EtOAc, washed with water (3.times.) and brine, dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude
product was purified by silica gel chromatography employing a
solvent gradient (hexane.fwdarw.60:40 hexane:EtOAc) to yield the
title compound (0.74 g, 90%) as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.23 (d, J=8.82 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (m, 1H),
6.86 (d, J=8.82 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 2.76 (s, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H),
1.89-1.97 (m, 3H) 1.45-1.68 (m, 10H), 1.50 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z
436 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 36B
N-{(E)-5-[(Sulfonic
acid)methyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanamide
[0532] To a solution of the product of Example 36A (0.74 g, 1.70
mmol) and NaOAc (0.1392 g, 1.70 mmol) in acetic acid (10 mL) was
added 30% hydrogen peroxide in water (1.6 mL, 15.3 mmol). The
reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight and
excess peroxide quenched by adding dimethylsulfide (1.9 mL, 25.5
mmol) and stirring for 2 h. The reaction solution was concentrated
under reduced pressure to provide the crude product as a white
solid. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.22 (d,
J=8.85 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=7.94 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 2H),
3.95 (m, 1H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 1.51-2.17 (m, 13H) 1.46 (s, 6H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 442 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 36C
N-{(E)-5-[(Aminosulfonyl)methyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-
propanamide
[0533] To a solution of the product of Example 36B (55.8 mg, 0.126
mmol) in DCM (1.2 mL) and DMF (1 drop) was added triphosgene (27.4
mg, 0.0922 mmol) and triethylamine (0.018 mL, 0.126 mmol). The
resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2
hours and ammonia (0.5 M in dioxane, 2.5 mL, 1.26 mmol) was added.
After stirring for 2 h at room temperature the reaction was
quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was
then rinsed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and
concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by reverse
phase preparative HPLC using acetonitrile: 10 mM NH.sub.4OAc on YMC
Guardpak column to provide the title compound (20 mg, 36%) as a
white solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.24 (d,
J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H),
4.79 (s, 2H), 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.04 (s, 2H), 1.87-2.04 (m, 8H),
1.54-1.66 (m, 5H), 1.50 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 441 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 37
N-{(E)-5-[(Z)-Amino(hydroxyimino)methyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)--
2-methylpropanamide
Example 37A
(5-Carbamoyl-adamantan-2-yl)-carbamic Acid Benzyl Ester
Step A
[0534] CbzCl (3.48 mL, 24.72 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred
and cooled (0.degree. C.) solution of the product of Example 7B
(5.05 g, 20.60 mmol) and DIPEA (7.9 mL, 45.32 mmol) in dry
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 mL). After the addition, the solution was
allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for another 2 hrs.
Saturated NaHCO.sub.3 solution was added to quench the reaction and
the phases were separated. The organic phase was washed with
NaHSO.sub.4 solution, NaHCO.sub.3 solution, dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was
purified over silica gel using 20% EtOAc in hexanes and
concentrated.
Step B
[0535] The product of step A (6.49 g, 18.91 mmol) was dissolved in
dry THF (90 mL) and KOTMS (4.85 g, 37.82 mmol) was added at room
temperature. The resulting solution was stirred overnight before
water (100 mL) and Et.sub.2O (100 mL) were added and the phases
were separated. The aqueous phase was acidified using solid
NaHSO.sub.4 until pH 1 was reached. The aqueous phase was then
extracted using EtOAc. The combined organic extract was dried
(MgSO.sub.4), filtered, and concentrated.
Step C
[0536] The product of Step B (18.91 mmol) was dissolved in dry
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (60 mL) and DIPEA (10 mL, 56.7 mmol), HOBt (5.1 g,
37.82 mmol), and EDCI (5.4 g, 28.36 mmol) were added to the
solution. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h before NH.sub.3
(30 mL, 2 M in iPrOH, 56.7 mmol) was added. After 1 h of stirring
at 25.degree. C., the solution was diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(200 mL) and washed with NaHSO.sub.4 solution, 1 M NaOH, water,
dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and filtered. The residue was purified
over silica gel using 5% MeOH in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 to provide the
title compound as a solid.
Example 37B
E-4-Amino-adamantane-1-carbonitrile
Step A
[0537] The product of Step C of Example 37A, 18.91 mmol) was
dissolved in dry CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (60 mL) and Et.sub.3N (10.5 mL,
75.64 mmol). TFAA (7.9 mL, 56.73 mmol) was added dropwise to the
solution at 0.degree. C. After the addition, the solution was
allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 3 hours before
MeOH was added to quench the reaction. The solution was washed with
NaHSO.sub.4 solution, NaHCO.sub.3 solution, dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was
purified over silica gel using 30% EtOAc in hexanes and
concentrated to yield an oil.
Step B
[0538] Pd(OH).sub.2/C (0.9 g) was added to a solution of the
product of Step A (3.22 g, 10.38 mmol). The solution was stirred at
room temperature under H.sub.2 (balloon) until starting material
was consumed. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and
concentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound as a solid.
Example 37C
2-(4-Chloro-phenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-(N-hydroxycarbamimidoyl)-adamantan-2-yl]-2-m-
ethyl-propionamide
Step A
[0539] HATU (0.64 g, 1.67 mmol) was added in one portion to a
stirred solution of 2-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid
(0.3 g, 1.50 mmol) and the product of Step B of Example 37B (0.27
g, 1.53 mmol), and DIPEA (0.73 mL, 4.2 mmol) in dry DMF (7 mL). The
reaction was allowed to stir for 5 hours before it was diluted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and washed with NaHSO.sub.4 solution, 1M NaOH,
brine, and dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), and evaporated. The residue
was purified over silica gel using 20% EtOAc/hexanes and
concentrated to yield a white solid.
Step B
[0540] To the product of Step A (87 mg, 0.209 mmol) was added
NH.sub.3OHCl (87 mg, 1.25 mmol), DIPEA (0.29 mL, 1.67 mmol) and dry
DMSO (1 mL). The resulting solution was heated at 80.degree. C. for
8 hrs. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified on
HPLC using CH.sub.3CN/water 1% TFA as eluent to provide the title
compound as an oil. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) .delta. ppm
7.49-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.30 (m, 2H), 6.92-6.96 (m, 2H), 3.97-4.03
(m, 1H), 2.10-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.08 (m, 5H), 1.92-1.94 (m, 2H),
1.76-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.53 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z
406.1 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 38
E-N-[4-(Aminosulfonyl)benzyl]-4-{[2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]am-
ino}adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0541] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 24, substituting
4-aminomethyl-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride for
4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride. .sup.1H NMR
(500 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 8.10-8.15 (m, 1H), 7.75 (d,
J=8.08 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.35 (m, 3H),
7.29-7.29 (bs, 2H), 6.91-6.93 (m, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 2H),
3.84-3.88 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.92 (m, 5H), 1.76-1.78
(m, 2H), 1.67-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 6H), 1.37-1.41 (m, 2H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 560 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 39
E-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-N-(4-{[(methylsulfonyl)-
amino]carbonyl}benzyl)adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0542] To a solution of the product of Example 24 (26 mg, 0.05
mmol) in DMF (1 mL) were added DMAP (7 mg, 0.055 mmol), EDCI (12
mg, 0.06 mmol) and methylsulfonamide (7 mg, 0.075 mmol). The
reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours,
concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by reverse
phase preparative HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25
mm.times.100 mm, 7 um particle size) using a gradient of 10% to
100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8 min (10 min run time) at
a flow rate of 40 mL/min. to provide the title compound. .sup.1H
NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 12.01-12.05 (bs, 1H), 8.11
(t, J=6.06 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=8.19 Hz, 2H), 7.30-7.37 (m, 5H),
6.91-6.93 (m, 2H), 4.31 (d, J=5.89 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.36
(s, 3H), 1.82-1.96 (m, 7H), 1.77-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.72 (m, 2H),
1.47 (s, 6H), 1.37-1.42 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 602 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 40
E-4-({2-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic Acid
Example 40A
[0543] Example 40A was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 25A, substituting 4-chloro-benzenethiol for
2,3-dimethylphenol.
Example 40B
E-4-({2-[(4-Chlorophenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-carbox-
ylic Acid
[0544] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 25B, substituting the product of Example 40A
for the product of Example 25A. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. ppm 7.42-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.21 (m,
1H), 3.72-3.78 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.92 (m, 6H),
1.75-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.44 (s, 8H). MS (ESI+) m/z 408 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 41
E-4-({2-[(4-Methoxyphenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-carbo-
xamide Amide
Example 41A
E-4-(2-Bromo-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic
Acid
[0545] A solution of the product of Example 1B (0.78 g, 2.48 mmol)
in 99% formic acid (2.5 mL) was added dropwise with vigorous gas
evolution over 10 minutes to a rapidly stirred 30% oleum solution
(7.5 mL) heated to 60.degree. C. (W. J. le Noble, S. Srivastava, C.
K. Cheung, J. Org. Chem. 48: 1099-1101, 1983). Upon completion of
addition, more 99% formic acid (2.5 mL) was slowly added over the
next 10 minutes. The mixture was stirred for another 60 minutes at
60.degree. C. and then slowly poured into vigorously stirred iced
water (30.0 mL) cooled to 0.degree. C. The mixture was allowed to
slowly warm to 23.degree. C., filtered and washed with water to
neutral pH (100 mL). The precipitate was dried in a vacuum oven
overnight to provide the title compound.
Example 41B
E-4-(2-Bromo-2-methyl-propionylamino)-adamantane-1-carboxylic Acid
Amide
[0546] A solution of the product of Example 41A (250 mg, 0.670
mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was treated with HOBt (109 mg, 0.80 mmol) and
EDCI (154 mg, 0.80 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 3
hour. Excess of aqueous (30%) ammonia (20 mL) was added and the
reaction was stirred for additional 20 hours. The layers were
separated and the aqueous layer extracted twice more with methylene
chloride (2.times.40 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed
with water (3.times.20 mL) and brine (20 mL); dried (MgSO.sub.4)
and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure
to provide the crude title compound that was purified by normal
phase column chromatography (silica gel, 5% methanol in DCM) to
afford the title compound. MS (ESI+) m/z 343 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 41C
E-4-[2-(4-Methoxy-phenylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-ca-
rboxylic Acid Amide
[0547] A solution of 4-methoxy-benzenethiol (44 mg, 0.31 mmol) and
sodium hydride (60%, 15.0 mg, 0.37 mmol) in toluene (4 mL) was
stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product of Example 41B
(106.0 mg, 0.31 mmol) was added to the solution and the resulting
mixture was stirred at 100.degree. C. for 24 hours. The reaction
mixture was cooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure to provide crude product that was purified
by reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column
(25 mm.times.100 mm, 7 um particle size) using a gradient of 10% to
100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8 min (10 min run time) at
a flow rate of 40 mL/min. to afford the title compound. .sup.1H NMR
(500 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 7.33-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d,
J=7.18 Hz, 1H), 6.99-7.01 (s, 1H), 6.93-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.72-6.74 (s,
1H), 3.75-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 1.79-1.95 (m, 9H), 1.75-1.77
(m, 2H), 1.44-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.39 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 403
(M+H).sup.+.
Example 42
E-4-({2-[(4-Methoxyphenyl)sulfinyl]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide
[0548] A solution of the product of Example 41C (53 mg, 0.087 mmol)
in methanol (5 mL) was treated with OXONE (80 mg, 0.130 mmol) and
stirred at room temperature for 7 hours. The reaction mixture was
filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to
provide crude title compound that was subsequently purified by
reverse phase preparative HPLC on YMC Guardpak column using a
gradient of 0% to 70% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8 min (10
min run time) at a flow rate of 40 mL/min. to afford the title
compound. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 7.49-7.52
(m, 2H), 7.32 (d, J=6.93 Hz, 1H), 7.09-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.96-6.99 (s,
1H), 6.68-6.71 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.75-3.81 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.92
(m, 3H), 1.73-1.86 (m, 8H), 1.42-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.25
(s, 3H). MS (ESI+) m/z 419 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 43
E-4-({2-[(4-Methoxyphenyl)sulfonyl]-2-methylpropanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide
[0549] A solution of the product of Example 41C (53 mg, 0.087 mmol)
in methanol (5 mL) was treated with OXONE (80 mg, 0.130 mmol) and
stirred at room temperature for 24 hour. The reaction mixture was
filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to
provide crude title compound that was subsequently purified by
reverse phase preparative HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C8 column (25
mm.times.100 mm, 7 um particle size) using a gradient of 10% to
100% acetonitrile:0.1% aqueous TFA over 8 min (10 min run time) at
a flow rate of 40 mL/min. to afford the title compound. .sup.1H NMR
(400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 7.72 (d, J=8.65 Hz, 2H),
7.17-7.20 (m, 3H), 6.97-6.99 (s, 1H), 6.70-6.72 (s, 1H), 3.88 (s,
3H), 3.77-3.83 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.82-1.89 (m, 6H),
1.76-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.49-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z
435 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 44
E-4-({2-[4-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}am-
ino)adamantane-1-carboxamide
Example 44A
2-Hydroxy-5-chlorobenzene Sulfonyl Chloride
[0550] 4-Chlorophenol (4 g, 31.25 mmol) was added in portions to
chlorosulfonic acid (10.3 mL, 156 mmol) while cooling in an ice
bath. The resulting solution was stirred at 25.degree. C. for 20
hrs. This was then added drop-wise to ice and water resulting in an
emulsion. This was extracted with CHCl.sub.3, dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and concentrated in vacuo. Heptane was added and
evaporated and replaced with cyclohexane. The resulting mixture was
filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as an oil
(2.16 g).
Example 44B
2-Hydroxy-5-chlorobenzene Sulfonyl Pyrrolidine
[0551] To a solution of the product of Example 44A (2.16 g, 9.51
mmol) in CHCl.sub.3 (8 mL) was added, with ice cooling, pyrrolidine
(4.05 g, 57.04 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25.degree. C. for
2 hrs, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in
toluene, washed with HCl and water, dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and
concentrated. The resulting oil was crystallized from hexane and
chromatographed (CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to yield the title compound
(1.92 g), m.p. 101-102.degree. C.
Example 44C
2-[4-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidine-1-sulfonyl)-phenoxy]-2-methyl-propionic
Acid
[0552] The product of Example 44B (1.0 g, 3.82 mmol) and
1,1,1-trichloro-2-methyl-2-propanol hydrate (1.832 g, 10.32 mmol)
were dissolved in acetone (8.5 mL). Powdered NaOH (0.47 g. 11.75
mmol) was added with cooling. The resulting mixture was stirred for
1.5 hr at 25.degree. C. A second batch of powdered NaOH (0.47 g)
was added and stirred for another 1.5 hrs. The last batch of
powdered NaOH (0.47 g) was then added along with acetone (2.5 mL).
The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 hrs at 25.degree. C.
Acetone was added and the solution was filtered. The resulting
solution was concentrated. Water (3 mL) was added and concentrated
HCl was added to acidify the mixture, which was extracted with
toluene, dried and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on
silica gel. Eluting with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 gave 380 mg recovered
starting material. Changing to 5% MeOH in ethyl acetate gave the
title compound (357 mg, 27% yield).
Example 44D
E-4-({2-[4-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}am-
ino)adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0553] The product of Example 7B (75 mg, 0.305 mmol), the product
of Example 44C (116 mg, 0.335 mmol), and TBTU (108 mg, 0.336 mmol)
were suspended in dimethylacetamide (0.5 mL). Diisopropylethylamine
(135 mg, 1.05 mmol) was added and the resulting solution stirred at
25.degree. C. for 15 hrs. Toluene was added, and concentrated. More
toluene was added, and washed with dil H.sub.3PO.sub.4, H.sub.2O,
and then KHCO.sub.3. The organic phase was dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), and filtered. The solvents were removed in
vacuo and the residue crystallized from ether and heptane to yield
the title compound (133 mg), m.p. 152-154.degree. C.
Example 44E
E-4-{2-[4-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidine-1-sulfonyl)-phenoxy]-2-methyl-propionylami-
no}-adamantane-1-carboxylic Acid
[0554] A solution of the product of Example 44D (125 mg, 0.231
mmol) in MeOH (0.75 mL) was treated with NaOH (100 mg) in water
(0.5 mL). The mixture was heated until all was soluble and stirred
at 60.degree. C. for 1 hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo and
the residue acidified with HCl, extracted with CHCl.sub.3, dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was
crystallized from ether to yield the title compound (92 mg, 77%
yield), m.p. 226-228.degree. C.
Example 44F
E-4-({2-[4-Chloro-2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoyl}am-
ino)adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0555] The product of Example 44E (76 mg, 0.145 mmol), TBTU (52 mg,
0.162 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (40 mg, 0.31 mmol) were
dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide (0.3 mL). After 25 min. at
25.degree. C., a solution of 10% ammonia in THF was added. A solid
formed and the mixture was stirred for 3 hrs at 25.degree. C.
Toluene was added and the mixture concentrated in vacuo. The
residue was dissolved in CHCl.sub.3 and washed with dil
H.sub.3PO.sub.4, H.sub.2O, and KHCO.sub.3; dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue
was crystallized from ether to yield the title compound (64 mg,
m.p. 249-252.degree. C.). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
ppm 7.85 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J=2, 9 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=8
Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 5.62 (br s, 1H), 5.40 (br s, 1H),
3.96 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 3.38-3.46 (m, 4H), 1.81-2.03, (m, 9H),
1.86-1.94 (m, 4H), 1.76 (s, 6H), 1.63 (d, J=12 Hz, 2H), 1.44 (d,
J=12 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 524, 526 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 45
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide
Example 45A
[0556] Example 45A was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44C, substituting 4-(methanesulfonyl)-phenol for the
product of Example 44B.
Example 45B
[0557] Example 45B was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44D, substituting the product of Example 45A for the
product of Example 44C.
Example 45C
[0558] Example 45C was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44E, substituting the product of Example 45B for the
product of Example 44D.
Example 45D
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide
[0559] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 44F, substituting the product of Example 45C
for the product of Example 44E. The product had m.p.
217-219.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm
7.85 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 6.66 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H),
5.65 (br s, 1H), 5.49 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (s,
3H), 1.86-2.10 (m, 9H), 1.62 (s, 6H), 1.52 (s, 4H). MS (ESI+) m/z
435 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 46
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide
Example 46A
2-Methyl-2-(2-methylsulfanyl-phenoxy)-propionic Acid, Ethyl
Ester
[0560] 2-Methylsulfanyl-phenol (2.00 g, 14.29 mmol),
2-bromo-2-methyl-propionic acid, ethyl ester (28 g, 142.8 mmol) and
powdered K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (4.93 g, 35.7 mmol) were mixed (no
solvent) and stirred at 105.degree. C. for 8 hrs. After cooling,
water and CHCl.sub.3 were added. The CHCl.sub.3 was separated,
dried (MgSO.sub.4) and concentrated. Xylene was added and
concentrated in vacuo (4 times) to remove the bromo ester. The
resulting oil was chromatographed on silica, eluting with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 to obtain the title compound (2.30 g, 63%
yield).
Example 46B
2-Methyl-2-(2-methanesulfonyl-phenoxy)-propionic Acid, Ethyl
Ester
[0561] To the product of Example 46A (1.00 g, 3.93 mmol) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (15 mL), was added, in portions,
3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (3.00 g of 70%, 12.16 mmol) while
stirring and cooling in a water bath. The mixture was stirred at
25.degree. C. for 20 hrs. Chloroform was added and the mixture was
washed with KHCO.sub.3, Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3, and again with
KHCO.sub.3. The solution was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered and
concentrated. Heptane was added and concentrated to obtain an oil
that solidified (1.22 g, theory=1.142 g).
Example 46C
2-Methyl-2-(2-methanesulfonyl-phenoxy)-propionic Acid
[0562] The product of Example 46B (1.22 g) was dissolved in MeOH (8
mL) and treated with 50% NaOH (1.75 g, 21.27 mmol) and water (6
mL). The mixture was heated until all was soluble and stirred at
25.degree. C. for 1 hr. The solvents were removed in vacuo, water
(6 mL) was added and the solution acidified with HCl. The mixture
was extracted with CHCl.sub.3, dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered
and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was crystallized from ether
and heptane (1:4) to yield the title compound (0.953 g), m.p.
114-116.degree. C.
Example 46D
[0563] Example 46D was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44D substituting the product of Example 46C for the
product of Example 44C.
Example 46E
[0564] Example 46E was prepared according to the procedures
outlined in Example 44E substituting the product of Example 46D for
the product of Example 44D.
Example 46F
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adamantane-1-c-
arboxamide
[0565] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 44F, substituting the product of Example 46E
for the product of Example 44E. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. ppm 7.99 (dd, J=7, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.16 (m,
2H), 5.60 (br s, 1H), 5.40 (br s, 1H), 3.95 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 3.27
(s, 3H), 1.80-1.96 (m, 9H), 1.55 (d, J=12 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (d, J=12
Hz, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 435 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 47
E-4-[(2-{4-Chloro-2-[(diethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxy}-2-methylpropanoyl)ami-
no]adamantane-1-carboxamide
Example 47A
[0566] Example 47A was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44B, substituting diethylamine for pyrrolidine.
Example 47B
[0567] Example 47B was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44C, substituting the product of Example 47A for the
product of Example 44B.
Example 47C
[0568] Example 47C was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44D, substituting the product of Example 47B for the
product of Example 44C.
Example 47D
[0569] Example 47D was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44E, substituting the product of Example 47C for the
product of Example 44D.
Example 47E
E-4-[(2-{4-Chloro-2-[(diethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxy}-2-methylpropanoyl)ami-
no]adamantane-1-carboxamide
[0570] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 44F, substituting the product of Example 47D
for the product of Example 44E. The compound had m.p.
159-161.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm
7.83 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J=2, 9 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8 Hz,
1H), 6.98 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (br s, 1H), 5.38 (br s, 1H), 3.95
(d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (q, J=7 Hz, 4H), 1.81-1.98, (m, 9H), 1.75 (s,
6H), 1.56 (d, J=12 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (d, J=12 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J=7 Hz,
6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 526, 528 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 48
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adama-
ntane-1-carboxamide
Example 48A
1-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pyrrolidine
[0571] 4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl chloride (3.00 g, 14.52 mmol) was
slowly added to a solution of pyrrolidine (5.15 g, 72.6 mmol) in
CHCl.sub.3 (15 mL) with stirring at 0.degree. C. The reaction
mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and then stirred
for 1 hour. After that the reaction mixture was concentrated in
vacuo. The residue was dissolved in toluene and washed with aqueous
H.sub.3PO.sub.4 solution, and then aqueous KHCO.sub.3 solution. The
organic phase was dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and filtered. The
solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue crystallized from
ether and heptane to provide the title compound (3.21 g, m.p.
88-89.degree. C.).
Example 48B
1-(4-Hydroxy-benzenesulfonyl)-pyrrolidine
[0572] The product of Example 48A (3.21 g, 13.3 mmol) was dissolved
in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (30 mL), cooled to -78.degree. C. and treated
with BBr.sub.3 (8.31 g, 3.26 mmol). The resulting dark red solution
was stirred at 25.degree. C. for 4 min, then cooled to -78.degree.
C. Methanol (100 mL) was added slowly. The solution was
concentrated in vacuo. Toluene was added to the crude and
concentrated again. After adding more toluene, the solution was
washed with water and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was
dissolved in ether and extracted with NaOH (1.0 g) in water (8 mL).
The aqueous layer was removed and stirred 15 minutes, then
acidified with concentrated HCl. This mixture was extracted with
toluene, dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, concentrated in vacuo
and the residue crystallized from ether and heptane (2:1) to
provide the title compound (1.063 g, m.p. 122-125.degree. C.).
Example 48C
[0573] Example 48C was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44C, substituting the product of Example 48B for the
product of Example 44B.
Example 48D
[0574] Example 48D was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44D, substituting the product of Example 48C for the
product of Example 44C.
Example 48E
[0575] Example 48E was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44E, substituting the product of Example 48D for the
product of Example 44D.
Example 48F
E-4-({2-Methyl-2-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)phenoxy]propanoyl}amino)adama-
ntane-1-carboxamide
[0576] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 44F, substituting the product of Example 48E
for the product of Example 44E. The compound had m.p.
206-209.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm
7.76 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H),
5.65 (br s, 1H), 5.54 (br s, 1H), 4.067 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 3.20-3.26
(m, 4H), 1.86-2.06 (m, 9H), 1.77-1.82 (m, 4H), 1.61 (s, 6H), 1.51
(s, 4H). MS (ESI+) m/z 490 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 49
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropana-
mide
Example 49A
2-(4-Fluoro-2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic Acid
[0577] 4-Fluoro-2-chlorophenol (6.00 g, 41.1 mmol) was reacted with
1,1,1-trichloro-2-methyl-2-propanol hydrate (120 g, 12.70 mmol) as
described in Example 44C to provide the title compound (6.075 g,
64% yield, m.p. 63-65.degree. C.).
Example 49B
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-hydroxy-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropana-
mide
[0578] The product of Example 1A (175 mg, 1.05 mmol),
2-(4-fluoro-2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid (232 mg, 1.00
mmol), and TBTU (353 mg, 1.1 mmol) were dissolved in
N,N-dimethylacetamide. Di-isopropylethylamine (258 mg, 2.0 mmol)
was added and the mixture was stirred for 18 hrs at 25.degree. C.
After that the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The
residue was dissolved in toluene and washed with aqueous
H.sub.3PO.sub.4 solution, and then aqueous KHCO.sub.3 solution. The
organic phase was dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and filtered. The
solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue crystallized from
ether and heptane to provide the title compound (262 mg, m.p.
177-179.degree. C.). .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm
7.47 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J=2, 8 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J=5 Hz, 8
Hz, 1H), 6.94 (m, 1H), 4.07 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.21 (m, 3H),
1.91 (d, J=11 Hz, 2H), 1.70-1.84 (m, 6H), 1.43-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.53
(s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 382, 384 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 50
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-yl)-2-adama-
ntyl]propanamide
Example 50A
[0579] Example 50A was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44D, substituting the product of Example 49A for the
product of Example 44C.
Example 50B
[0580] Example 50B was prepared according to the procedure outlined
in Example 44E, substituting the product of Example 50A for the
product of Example 44D.
Example 50C
E-4-[2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamantane-1-ca-
rbonitrile
Step A
[0581]
E-4-[2-(2-Chloro-4-fluoro-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionylamino]-adamant-
ane-1-carboxylic acid amide was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 44F, substituting the product of Example 50B
for the product of Example 44E.
Step B
[0582] The solution of the product of Step A (207 mg, 0.506 mmol)
in dioxane (0.5 mL) and pyridine (100 mg) was treated with
trifluoroacetic anhydride (167 mg, 0.795 mmol). The mixture was
stirred 5 hr at 25.degree. C. and concentrated in vacuo after
adding toluene. More toluene was added and the solution was washed
with dilute H.sub.3PO.sub.4, water, and aqueous KHCO.sub.3 solution
respectively. After drying with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, the solution was
filtered, concentrated in vacuo and the residue crystallized from
ether and heptane to yield the title compound (115 mg, m.p.
159-160.degree. C.).
Example 50D
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(2H-tetraazol-5-yl)-2-adama-
ntyl]propanamide
[0583] A solution of the product of step B of Example 50C (50 mg,
0.128 mmol), trimethyltin chloride (31 mg, 0.153 mmol) and
NaN.sub.3 (10 mg, 0.153 mmol) in toluene (0.3 mL) was stirred and
heated for 64 hrs in a sealed vial at 120.degree. C. The mixture
was cooled and 4N HCl in dioxane (1 mL) was added. After stirring
90 min at 25.degree. C. the solution was concentrated in vacuo.
Water and HCl were added and the mixture was extracted with
CHCl.sub.3, dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, concentrated and
treated with ether to provide the title compound (33 mg, m.p.
256-257.degree. C.). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta.
ppm 7.52 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.23 (m, 2H), 3.98 (d, J=8 Hz 1H),
1.98-2.12 (m, 9H), 1.90 (d, J=13 Hz, 2H), 1.60 (d, J=13 Hz, 2H),
1.46 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 434, 435 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 51
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylthio)-2-adamantyl]pr-
opanamide
[0584] A solution of the product of Example 49B (150 mg, 0.392
mmol) in CF.sub.3COOH (750 mg) was treated with trifluoroacetic
anhydride (375 mg, 1.78 mmol) for 5 min. Then, CF.sub.3COOH (1.68
g, 14.9 mmol) and NaSCH.sub.3 (549 mg, 7.8 mmols) were added to the
7 mL sealed tube. This mixture was heated at 120.degree. C. for 20
hrs. After cooling, toluene was added, and the mixture concentrated
in vacuo. More toluene was added and this was shaken with
K.sub.2CO.sub.3 solution. The toluene layer was separated, dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), concentrated and chromatographed in 4% EtOAc in
DCM to give the title compound (132 mg, m.p. 100-101.degree. C.).
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.50 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H),
7.17 (dd, J=2, 8 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J=5, 8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H),
4.07 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 1.82-2.15 (m, 9H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1.82 (d,
J=13 Hz, 2H), 1.59 (d, J=13 Hz, 2H), 1.54 (s, 6H), MS (ESI+) m/z
412, 414 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 52
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylsulfonyl)-2-adamanty-
l]propanamide
[0585] A solution of the product of Example 51 (100 mg, 0.235 mmol)
in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (1 ml) was treated with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid
(180 mg, 70%, 1.05 mmol). After stirring for 17 hrs at 25.degree.
C., CHCl.sub.3 was added to the reaction mixture and the solution
was extracted with KHCO.sub.3, Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3, and
KHCO.sub.3. After drying (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered and
concentrating, the residue was crystallized from heptane and ether
to provide the title compound (89 mg, m.p. 172-173.degree. C.).
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.55 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H),
7.18 (dd, J=2, 8 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J=5, 8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H),
4.09 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.07-2.25 (m, 9H), 1.90 (d,
J=13 Hz, 2H), 1.65 (d, J=13 Hz, 2H), 1.54 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z
444, 446 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 53
2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylsulfinyl)-2-adamanty-
l]propanamide
[0586] A-solution of the product of Example 51 (71 mg, 0.172 mmol)
in acetic acid (75 mL) was prepared. Sodium perborate
(NaBO.sub.3.H.sub.2O, 18 mg, 0.18 mmol) was added and the mixture
was stirred 16 hr at 25.degree. C. Toluene was added. The mixture
was concentrated and more toluene added. This was washed with
K.sub.2CO.sub.3, dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, and
concentrated in vacuo. The residue was crystallized from ether to
get the title compound (44 mg, m.p. 134-135.degree. C.). .sup.1H
NMR (500 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.58 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.19
(dd, J=2, 8 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J=5, 8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 4.10
(d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.17-2.30 (m, 3H), 2.01 (d, J=13 Hz,
2H), 1.82-2.05 (m, 6H), 1.55 (d, J=13 Hz, 2H), 1.54 (s, 6H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 428, 430 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 54
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanam-
ide
Example 54A
1-Bromoadaman-4-one
[0587] 5-Hydroxy-2-adamantanone (5.00 g, 30.1 mmol) was mixed with
48% hydrobromic acid (50 mL) and heated at 100.degree. C. for 48
hours (H. W. Geluk, J. L. M. A. Schlatmann, Tetrahedron 24:
5369-5377, 1968). Reaction diluted with water and extracted twice
with ether. Combined extracts dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), decanted,
and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on
normal phase HPLC (silica gel, 5-10% ethyl acetate in hexane) to
provide the title compound (4.19 g, 61%).
Example 54B
1-Bromoadamantan-4-one Ethylene Ketal
[0588] The product of Example 54A (4.19 g, 18.3 mmol), ethylene
glycol (2.05 mL, 36.6 mmol), and a catalytic amount of
p-toluenesulfonic acid (20 mg) were dissolved in benzene (100 mL)
and heated at reflux with a Dean-Stark apparatus attached for 16
hours (M. Xie, W. J. le Noble, J. Org. Chem. 54: 3836-3839, 1989).
The reaction was cooled, washed with 2N sodium carbonate, water,
and brine. The organic solution was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4),
filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide the
title compound.
Example 54C
(1R,2S)-1-Amino-2-indanol-N-4-toluene Sulfonamide
[0589] (1R,2S)-Aminoindanol (5.00 g, 33.5 mmol) and ethyl acetate
(75 mL) were added to a solution of sodium carbonate (6.89 g, 65.0
mmol) in water (30 mL) that had been stirring at room temperature
for 20 minutes. After stirring this mixture for 20 minutes, a
solution of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (6.20 g, 32.5 mmol) in 1:1
THF/ethyl acetate (12 mL) was added drop-wise using an addition
funnel over a period of 20 minutes (Z. Han, D. Krishnamurthy, P.
Grover, Q. K. Fang, C. H. Senanayake, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 124:
7880-7881, 2002). Reaction stirred 16 hours at room temperature.
Stirring was stopped, and the layers separated. The organic phase
was washed with water, 1N hydrochloric acid, and brine. The organic
solution was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, and evaporated
under reduced pressure to provide the title compound.
Example 54D
(2R,4R,5S)-3-(4-Toluenesulfonyl)-3,3a,8,8a-tetrahydro-1-oxa-2-thia-3-aza-c-
yclopenta[a]indene-2-oxide and
(2S,4R,5S)-3-(4-Toluenesulfonyl)-3,3a,8,8a-tetrahydro-1-oxa-2-thia-3-aza--
cyclopenta[a]indene-2-oxide
[0590] A solution of the product of Example 54C (10.2 g, 33.5 mmol)
at -45.degree. C. in anhydrous THF (50 mL) was treated slowly, in
one portion, with thionyl chloride (3.67 mL, 50.3 mmol). A solution
of imidazole (6.84 g, 101 mmol) in anhydrous THF (50 mL) was then
added drop-wise to this solution over 40 minutes using an addition
funnel (Z. Han, D. Krishnamurthy, P. Grover, Q. K. Fang, C. H.
Senanayake, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 124: 7880-7881, 2002). Reaction
stirred two hours at -45.degree. C. and was then quenched at
-45.degree. C. with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was
then diluted with ethyl acetate and warmed to room temperature with
stirring. The layers were allowed to separate and the organic phase
was washed with water and brine. The organic solution was dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure
to provide the title compounds.
Example 54E
(S)-(4-Adamantanone ethylene ketal)-1-sulfinic
acid-(1R,2S)-1-(4-toluenesulfonylamino)-indan-2-yl Ester and
(R)-(4-Adamantanone ethylene ketal)-1-sulfinic
acid-(1R,2S)-1-(4-toluenesulfonylamino)-indan-2-yl Ester
[0591] A 0.76M solution of Rieke Zinc (57 mL, 43.0 mmol) in THF was
added at room temperature to a degassed solution under nitrogen
containing the product of Example 54B (7.82 g, 28.6 mmol) in
anhydrous THF (10 mL). Reaction stirred 16 hours at room
temperature. More 0.76M Rieke Zinc (50 mL, 38.0 mmol) in THF was
added, and reaction mixture stirred an additional 20 hours. This
reaction mixture containing the zinc bromide was added drop-wise
using a cannule to a -45.degree. C. solution under nitrogen of the
product of Example 54D (6.66 g, 19.1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10
mL). Reaction stirred 16 hours at room temperature. Reaction
mixture diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, and evaporated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified on normal phase HPLC (silica
gel, 30-40% ethyl acetate in hexane) to provide the title
compound.
Example 54F
1-((S)-Aminosulfinyl)adamantan-4-one ethylene ketal and
1-((R)-Aminosulfinyl)adamantan-4-one Ethylene Ketal
[0592] A three-necked flask under argon equipped with a glass stir
bar, a thermometer, a gas inlet, and an ammonia condenser
(-78.degree. C.) in a -50.degree. C. bath was charged with
anhydrous liquid ammonia (40 mL). A few crystals of iron nitrate
nonahydrate (5 mg) were added to the ammonia, followed by
portion-wise addition of lithium wire (650 mg, 93.7 mmol) in a
controlled manner keeping the internal temperature at about
-45.degree. C. When all the lithium was added and the blue solution
became a grey suspension, the mixture was stirred for an additional
two hours at -45.degree. C. The mixture was then cooled to
-78.degree. C., and a solution of the product of Example 54E (7.00
g, 12.9 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) was added drop-wise over a
period of 30 minutes. Reaction mixture stirred 2 hours at
-78.degree. C. and then quenched with saturated ammonium chloride.
Reaction mixture allowed to warm to room temperature, and product
extracted with ethyl acetate. Extracts washed with brine, dried
(Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, and evaporated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified on normal phase HPLC (silica
gel, 5% methanol in ethyl acetate) to provide the title compound
(1.19 g, 36%).
Example 54G
1-Aminosulfonyladamantan-4-one Ethylene Ketal
[0593] A solution of the product of Example 54F (1.19 g, 4.63 mmol)
in anhydrous THF (10 mL) at room temperature was treated with a 2.5
wt. % solution of osmium tetroxide (0.35 mL) in 2-propanol and
4-methylmorpholine N-oxide (0.55 g, 4.67 mmol). Reaction stirred at
room temperature for 16 hours. Reaction diluted with ethyl acetate,
washed with water and brine, dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered,
and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide the title
compound.
Example 54H
1-Aminosulfonyladamantan-4-one
[0594] A solution of the product of Example 54G (1.26 g, 4.63 mmol)
in THF (15 mL) at room temperature was treated with 1N hydrochloric
acid (14 mL). Reaction heated at 60.degree. C. for 16 hours.
Reaction quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate, and product
extracted with 20% methanol in chloroform (2.times.) and 40% THF in
DCM (2.times.). Extracts dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, and
evaporated under reduced pressure to provide the title compound
(0.880 g, 82%).
Example 54I
E-4-Amino-adamantane-1-sulfonic Acid Amide
[0595] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 7A substituting the product of Example 54H for
4-oxo-adamantane-1-carboxylic acid.
Example 54J
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanam-
ide
[0596] The product of Example 541 (100 mg, 0.44 mmol),
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic acid (93 mg, 0.44 mmol), and
TBTU (209 mg, 0.65 mmol) were mixed in DMF (2 mL) at room
temperature for 10 minutes. N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL,
0.87 mmol) was added to this solution, and the reaction stirred 16
hours at room temperature. Reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate,
washed with water, saturated sodium bicarbonate, 1N phosphoric
acid, and brine. Organic phase dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered,
and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
flash chromatography on silica gel (20-30% ethyl acetate in hexane)
to provide the title compound. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. ppm 7.43 (d, J=6 hz, 1H) 7.33 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H) 6.91 (d, J=8
Hz, 2H) 6.58 (s, 2H) 3.79 (m, 1H) 2.04 (bs, 2H) 2.00-1.80 (m, 7H)
1.71 (m, 2H) 1.46 (s, 6H) 1.35 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 427
(M+H).sup.+.
Example 55
E-4-({[1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl]carbonyl}amino)adamantane-1-carboxami-
de
Example 55A
Ethyl 1-(4-chlorophenoxy)cyclobutanecarboxylic Acid
[0597] A mixture of p-chlorophenol (621 mg, 4.83 mmol), ethyl
1-bromocyclobutanecarboxylate (1.0 g, 4.83 mmol) and potassium
carbonate (1.33 g, 9.66 mmol) in DMF (14.5 ml) was stirred and
heated to about 55-60.degree. C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for
about 18 hours. The solvent was removed under high vacuum, the
residue was taken up in diethyl ether (50 ml) and was washed with
water and brine (15 ml each). The organic layer was dried
(MgSO.sub.4), and filtered. The solvent was removed under vacuum
and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on
silica gel using hexanes/ethyl acetate (2:1) as the mobile phase to
provide 320 mg (26%) of the title compound. MS (DCI): m/z 272
(M+NH.sub.4).sup.+.
Example 55B
1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutanecarboxylic Acid
[0598] To the product of Example 55A (320 mg, 1.26 mmol) was added
glacial acetic acid (10 ml) followed by 5% aqueous hydrochloric
acid (2.5 ml) and the mixture was heated to reflux for about 18
hours. The mixture was cooled and was evaporated to dryness. The
residue was taken up in toluene and was evaporated to dryness two
times to provide 250 mg (87%) of the title compound. MS (DCI): m/z
244 (M+NH.sub.4).sup.+.
Example 55C
E-4-({[1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl]carbonyl}amino)adamantane-1-carboxyl-
ic Acid Methyl Ester
[0599] A mixture of the product of Example 55B (207 mg, 0.81 mmol),
the product of Example 7B (200 mg, 0.81 mmol),
O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
(523 mg, 1.63 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.57 ml, 3.26
mmol) in DMF (11 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature under a
nitrogen atmosphere for about 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated
in high vacuum and the residue was purified by flash column
chromatography on silica gel using hexanes/ethyl acetate (2:1) as
the mobile phase to provide 240 mg (70%) of the title compound. MS
(DCI) m/z 418 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 55D
E-4-({[1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl]carbonyl}amino)adamantane-1-carboxyli-
c Acid
[0600] To a solution of the product of Example 55C (240 mg, 0.57
mmol) in dioxane (8 ml) was added 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid (8
ml) and the mixture was heated to about 60.degree. C. for about 18
hours. The mixture was cooled and concentrated in vacuo down to the
water phase. The precipitate was filtered off and was dried under
high vacuum to provide 200 mg (86%) of the title compound. MS (DCI)
m/z 404 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 55E
E-4-({[1-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl]carbonyl}amino)adamantane-1-carboxami-
de
[0601] A solution of the product of Example 55D (200 mg, 0.5 mmol),
N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (380
mg, 2.0 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (217 mg, 1.61
mmol) in dichloromethane (17 ml) was stirred at ambient temperature
under a nitrogen atmosphere for about 1 hour. A 0.5 M solution of
ammonia in dioxane (9.9 ml, 4.95 mmol) was added and stirring was
continued for about 2 hours. Ammonium hydroxide (8.5 ml) was added
to the reaction mixture and stirring was continued for about 2
hours. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (55 ml), the
layers were separated, the organic layer was dried (MgSO.sub.4),
filtered, and was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by
flash column chromatography on silica gel using
dichloromethane/methanol (15:1) as the mobile phase to provide 113
mg (57%) of the title compound. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. ppm 7.33-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.07 (m, 1H), 6.92 (bs, 1H),
6.74-6.70 (m, 2H), 6.66 (bs, 1H), 3.76-3.74 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.62 (m,
2H), 2.33-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.64 (m, 11H), 1.37-1.34 (m, 2H),
1.22-1.19 (m, 2H). MS (ESI+) m/z 403 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 56
4-[({[((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)me-
thyl]sulfonyl}amino)methyl]benzoic Acid
Step A
[0602] To a solution of the product of Example 36B (395 mg, 0.895
mmol) in DCM (8.9 mL) and DMF (1 drop) was added triphosgene (194
mg, 0.653 mmol) and triethylamine (0.125 mL, 0.895 mmol). The
resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5
hours and then one half of the solution was added dropwise to a
solution of methyl 4-(aminomethyl)-benzoate hydrochloride (67.6 mg,
0.447 mmol) and triethylamine (0.16 mL, 1.12 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL).
After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction was
quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was
then rinsed with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, and
concentrated in vacuo.
Step B
[0603] The product of Step A was dissolved in a mixture of THF,
water, and ethanol and treated with excess NaOH. After stirring at
room temperature overnight the reaction was concentrated in vacuo.
The crude product was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC
using acetonitrile: 10 mM NH.sub.4OAc on YMC Guardpak column to
provide the title compound (25 mg, 10%). .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 8.06 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J=8.6 Hz,
2H), 7.24 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=8.6
Hz, 2H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (m, 1H), 2.83
(s, 2H), 1.50-2.17 (m, 11H), 1.50 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 575
(M+H).sup.+.
Example 57
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-(1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropa-
namide
[0604] The product of Example 33B (0.1 g, 0.266 mmol) and glyoxal
(0.11 g, 40 wt % in water, 0.8 mmol) was dissolved in ammonia
solution (6 mL, 7 N). The reaction vessel was sealed and stirred at
room temperature for 1 day. The volatiles were evaporated and the
residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC using CH.sub.3CN/0.1%
TFA in water to provide the title compound as an oil. .sup.1H NMR
(300 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) .delta. ppm 1.48-1.59 (s, 6H) 1.60-1.73 (m,
2H) 1.77-1.94 (m, 2H) 2.02-2.12 (m, 3H) 2.12-2.27 (m, 6H) 4.01-4.12
(m, 1H) 6.88-7.02 (m, 2H) 7.21-7.35 (m, 2H) 7.44-7.49 (m, 2H)
7.49-7.60 (m, 1H). MS (ESI+) m/z 414.1 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 58
(2E)-3-((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)a-
crylic Acid
Example 58A
(2E)-3-((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)a-
crylic Acid Ethyl Ester
[0605] To a cold (0.degree. C.) solution of triethyl
phosphonoacetate (0.22 ml, 1.1 mmol) in DME (1.0 mL) was added NaH
(60% in oil, 42 mg, 1.1 mmol) under N.sub.2 flow. The reaction
mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and a solution of the product of
Example 33B (375 mg, 1 mmol) in DME (0.2 ml) was added slowly at
0.degree. C. It was allowed to warm up to room temperature and
stirred for 5 hours. It was quenched with water and extracted with
DCM 3 times. The combined organic layer was dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure and
purified by flash chromatography with 30% ethyl acetate/70% hexane
to provide the title compound, 350 mg (79%). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.20-7.26 (m, 2H), 6.94-7.03 (m, 1H),
6.84-6.91 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 5.69 (d, 1H), 4.19 (q, 2H),
3.98-4.08 (m, 1H), 1.91-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.46-1.83 (m, 16H), 1.29 (t,
3H). %). MS (ESI+) m/z 446 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 58B
(2E)-3-((E)-4-{[2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanoyl]amino}-1-adamantyl)a-
crylic Acid
[0606] To a solution of the product of Example 58A (45 mg, 0.1
mmol) in THF/water (0.1 ml/0.05 ml) was added LiOH.H.sub.2O (26 mg,
0.6 mmol). It was stirred at room temperature overnight. It was
acidified with 1N HCl and extracted with DCM 3 times. The combined
organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered,
concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash
chromatography with 30% ethyl acetate/70% hexane to provide the
title compound 35 mg (83%). .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. ppm 7.20-7.28 (m, 2H), 6.96-7.04 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.95 (m,
3H), 5.70 (d, 1H), 4.00-4.09 (m, 1H), 1.93-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.47-1.85
(m, 16H). MS (ESI+) m/z 418 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 59
(E)-4-[(2-Methyl-2-{[5-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy}propanoyl)amino]a-
damantane-1-carboxamide
[0607] CuI (10.5 mg, 0.055 mmol), N,N,-dimethylglycine (11.3 mg,
0.109 mmol), K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (76 mg, 0.549 mmol), pyrazole (22 mg,
0.329 mmol), and the product of step C of Example 30B (80 mg, 0.183
mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (1 mL) and the resulting mixture was
heated in Personal Chemistry's Emry Optimizer microwave instrument
at 160.degree. C. for 20 minutes. The mixture was diluted with
EtOAc and filtered through a pad of silica and after evaporation
the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC using
CH.sub.3CN/0.1% TFA in water to give the title compound. .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) .delta. ppm 1.40-1.64 (m, 4H) 1.66-1.76
(m, 7H) 1.77-1.87 (m, 3H) 1.90-2.04 (m, 7H) 3.93 (s, 1H) 6.53 (dd,
J=2.54, 1.86 Hz, 1H) 7.01 (d, J=8.82 Hz, 1H) 7.72 (d, J=2.03 Hz,
1H) 8.07 (dd, J=8.99, 2.88 Hz, 1H) 8.15 (d, J=3.05 Hz, 1H) 8.45 (d,
J=2.71 Hz, 1H) 8.45 (d, J=2.71 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI+) m/z 424.2
(M+H).sup.+.
Example 60
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-isoxazol-5-yl-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropanamid-
e
Example 60A
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-propynoyl-adamantan-2-yl]-propionami-
de
Step A
[0608] Acetylenemagnesium chloride (8.22 mL, 0.5 M in THF, 4.11
mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred and cooled (-78.degree. C.)
solution of the product of Example 33B (0.514 g, 1.37 mmol) in dry
THF. The resulting solution was warmed gradually to room
temperature before it was quenched with saturated NH.sub.4Cl
solution. The mixture was partitioned with Et.sub.2O and water. The
organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO.sub.4), filtered,
and evaporated to give crude alcohol as an oil.
Step B
[0609] Dess-Matin periodinane (1 g, 2.43 mmol) was added in one
portion to a solution of the product of Step A (0.65 g, 1.62 mmol)
in dry CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The resulting solution was stirred for 3
hours at room temperature before it was quenched with saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 solution and Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3 solution. The
mixture was stirred for 1 hour before the phases were separated.
The organic phase was dried (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4), filtered, and the
solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified over silica gel
using 30% EtOAc in haxanes to provide the title compound as a
yellow solid.
Example 60B
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-N-[(E)-5-isoxazol-5-yl-2-adamantyl]-2-methylpropanamid-
e
[0610] NH.sub.2OH.HCl (0.23 g, 2.75 mmol) and K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.38
g, 2.75 mmol) was added to a solution of the product of Step B of
Example 60A (0.11 g, 0.275 mmol) in isopropanol. The reaction was
heated (80.degree. C.) for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was
diluted with EtOAc and filtered through a pad of Celite and after
evaporation the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC using
CH.sub.3CN/0.1% TFA in water to provide the title compound. .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) .delta. ppm 1.53 (s, 6H) 1.65 (d, 2H)
1.91-2.04 (m, 4H) 2.11 (s, 6H) 4.06 (d, J=7.46 Hz, 1H) 6.12 (d,
J=2.03 Hz, 1H) 6.96 (d, J=8.82 Hz, 2H) 7.29 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 2H) 7.48
(d, J=6.78 Hz, 1H) 8.25 (d, J=2.03 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI+) m/z 415.1
(M+H).sup.+.
Example 61
2-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-{(E)-5-[(2-morpholin-4-ylethoxy)methyl]-2-a-
damantyl}propanamide
[0611] A solution of the product of Example 33A (61 mg, 0.16 mmol)
and 4-(2-Chloro-ethyl)-morpholine hydrochloride (36 mg, 0.19 mmol)
in DMF (4 mL) was treated with sodium hydride (60%, 20.0 mg, 0.5
mmol) and was stirred at 100.degree. C. for 24 hours. Then the
reaction mixture was cooled and filtered. The filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude title compound
that was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC using
acetonitrile: 10 mM NH.sub.4OAc on YMC Guardpak column to afford
the title compound. .sup.1H NMR (500 MHz, CD.sub.3OD) .delta. ppm
7.41 (s, 1H) 7.26-7.30 (m, 2H) 6.93-6.96 (m, 2H) 3.92 (s, 1H)
3.66-3.72 (m, 4H) 3.56 (t, J=5.49 Hz, 2H) 3.03 (s, 2H) 2.59 (t,
J=5.49 Hz, 2H) 2.52-2.57 (m, 4H) 1.96 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 2H) 1.86 (s,
1H) 1.72 (s, 1H) 1.69 (s, 1H) 1.67 (s, 4H) 1.57 (d, J=3.36 Hz, 2H)
1.53 (s, 2H) 1.51 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 491 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 62
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanam-
ide
Example 62A
2-(2-Chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic Acid
[0612] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 44C substituting 2-chlorophenol for the product
of Example 44B.
Example 62B
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropanam-
ide
[0613] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 54J substituting the product of Example 62A for
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic acid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.61 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J=8 & 2
Hz, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (m, 1H),
4.32 (s, 2H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.10 (m, 8H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.60
(m, 3H), 1.46 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 427 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 63
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanam-
ide
Example 63A
2-Methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propionic Acid
[0614] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 44C, substituting 2-methylphenol for the
product of Example 44B.
Example 63B
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(2-methylphenoxy)propanam-
ide
[0615] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 54J substituting the product of Example 63A for
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic acid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.19 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=8
Hz, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.86 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1H),
4.33 (s, 2H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.05 (m, 8H), 1.71
(m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 3H), 1.52 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 407
(M+H).sup.+.
Example 64
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanam-
ide
Example 64A
2-Methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propionic Acid
[0616] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 44C, substituting 4-methylphenol for the
product of Example 44B.
Example 64B
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-(4-methylphenoxy)propanam-
ide
[0617] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 54J substituting the product of Example 64A for
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic acid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.14 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H),
6.82 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H),
2.30-2.00 (m, 8H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 3H), 1.49 (s, 6H). MS
(ESI+) m/z 407 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 65
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pheno-
xy]propanamide
Example 65A
2-Methyl-2-(2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)propionic Acid
[0618] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 44C, substituting 2-trifluoromethylphenol for
the product of Example 44B.
Example 65B
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pheno-
xy]propanamide
[0619] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 54J substituting the product of Example 65A for
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic acid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.61 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (m,
1H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.06 (m,
1H), 2.30-2.05 (m, 8H), 1.70 (m, 3H), 1.64 (s, 6H), 1.55 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI+) m/z 461 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 66
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethoxy)phen-
oxy]propanamide
Example 66A
2-Methyl-2-(2-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)propionic Acid
[0620] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 44C, substituting 2-trifluoromethoxylphenol for
the product of Example 44B.
Example 66B
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-methyl-2-[2-(trifluoromethoxy)phen-
oxy]propanamide
[0621] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 54J substituting the product of Example 66A for
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic acid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.31 (dd, J=8 & 2 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (m,
1H), 7.18 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (m, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.05 (m,
1H), 2.30-2.05 (m, 8H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 3H), 1.55 (s, 6H).
MS (ESI+) m/z 427 (M+H).sup.+.
Example 67
N-[(E)-5-(Aminosulfonyl)-2-adamantyl]-2-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methy-
lpropanamide
[0622] The title compound was prepared according to the procedure
outlined in Example 54J substituting the product of Example 49A for
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic acid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 7.54 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.08
(m, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.05 (m,
8H), 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 3H), 1.54 (s, 6H). MS (ESI+) m/z 445
(M+H).sup.+.
Biological Data
Measurement of Inhibition Constants:
[0623] The ability of test compounds to inhibit human
11.beta.-HSD-1 enzymatic activity in vitro was evaluated in a
Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA). Tritiated-cortisone substrate,
NADPH cofactor and titrated compound were incubated with truncated
human 11.beta.-HSD-1 enzyme (24-287AA) at room temperature to allow
the conversion to cortisol to occur. The reaction was stopped by
adding a non-specific 11.beta.-HSD inhibitor,
18.beta.-glycyrrhetinic acid. The tritiated cortisol was captured
by a mixture of an anti-cortisol monoclonal antibody and SPA beads
coated with anti-mouse antibodies. The reaction plate was shaken at
room temperature and the radioactivity bound to SPA beads was then
measured on a .beta.-scintillation counter. The 11-.beta.HSD-1
assay was carried out in 96-well microtiter plates in a total
volume of 220 .mu.l. To start the assay, 188 .mu.l of master mix
which contained 17.5 nM .sup.3H-cortisone, 157.5 nM cortisone and
181 mM NADPH was added to the wells. In order to drive the reaction
in the forward direction, 1 mM G-6-P was also added. Solid compound
was dissolved in DMSO to make a 10 mM stock followed by a
subsequent 10-fold dilution with 3% DMSO in Tris/EDTA buffer (pH
7.4). 22 .mu.l of titrated compounds was then added in triplicate
to the substrate. Reactions were initiated by the addition of 10
.mu.l of 0.1 mg/ml E. coli lysates overexpressing 11.beta.-HSD-1
enzyme. After shaking and incubating plates for 30 minutes at room
temperature, reactions were stopped by adding 10 .mu.l of 1 mM
glycyrrhetinic acid. The product, tritiated cortisol, was captured
by adding 10 .mu.l of 1 .mu.M monoclonal anti-cortisol antibodies
and 100 .mu.l SPA beads coated with anti-mouse antibodies. After
shaking for 30 minutes, plates were read on a liquid scintillation
counter Topcount. Percent inhibition was calculated based on the
background and the maximal signal. Wells that contained substrate
without compound or enzyme were used as the background, while the
wells that contained substrate and enzyme without any compound were
considered as maximal signal. Percent of inhibition of each
compound was calculated relative to the maximal signal and
IC.sub.50 curves were generated. This assay was applied to
11.beta.-HSD-2 as well, whereby tritiated cortisol and NAD.sup.+
were used as substrate and cofactor, respectively.
[0624] Compounds of the present invention are active in the
11-.beta.HSD-1 assay described above and show selectivity for human
11-.beta.-HSD-1 over human 11-.beta.-HSD-2, as indicated in Table
1.
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1 11-.beta.-HSD-1 and 11-.beta.-HSD-2 activity
for representative compounds. Compound 11-.beta.-HSD-1 IC.sub.50
(nM) 11-.beta.-HSD-2 IC.sub.50 (nM) A (Example 2) 28 >10,000 B
(Example 3) 35 10,000 C (Example 5) 35 D (Example 6) 34 E (Example
7) 72 29,000 F (Example 15) 24 32,000 G (Example 16) 44 11,000 H
(Example 22) 40 2,600 I (Example 24) 38 15,000 J (Example 26) 45
37,000 K (Example 32) 18 35,000 L (Example 33) 45 59,000 M (Example
34) 43 21,000 N (Example 35) 41 >100,000 O (Example 36) 96
100,000 P (Example 37) 41 >100,000 Q (Example 41) 29 10,000 R
(Example 47) 68 65,000 S (Example 52) 53 10,000 T (Example 53) 28
10,000 U (Example 54) 26 14,000 V (Example 55) 89 90,000 W (Example
56) 48 18,000 X (Example 58) 30 >100,000 Y (Example 59) 30
>100,000 Z (Example 67) 89 >100,000
[0625] The data in Table 1 demonstrates that compounds A-Z are
active in the human 11.beta.-HSD-1 enzymatic SPA assay described
above and that the tested compound showed selectivity for
11.beta.-HSD-1 over 11.beta.-HSD-2. The 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitors
of this invention generally have an inhibition constant IC.sub.50
of less than 600 nM and preferably less than 50 nM. The compounds
preferably are selective, having an inhibition constant IC.sub.50
against 11.beta.-HSD-2 greater than 1000 nM and preferably greater
than 10,000 nM. Generally, the IC.sub.50 ratio for 11.beta.-HSD-2
to 11.beta.-HSD-1 of a compound is at least 10 or greater and
preferably 100 or greater.
Metabolic Stability
Incubation Conditions:
[0626] Metabolic stability screen: each substrate (10 .mu.M) was
incubated with microsomal protein (0.1-0.5 mg/ml) in 50 mM
potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) in 48-Well plate. The enzyme
reaction was initiated by the addition of 1 mM NADPH, then
incubated at 37.degree. C. in a Form a Scientific incubator
(Marietta, Ohio, USA) with gentle shaking. The reactions were
quenched by the addition of 800 .mu.l of ACN/MeOH (1:1, v/v),
containing 0.5 .mu.M of internal standard (IS), after 30 min
incubation. Samples were then filtered by using Captiva 96-Well
Filtration (Varian, Lake Forest, Calif., USA) and analyzed by LC/MS
(mass spectrometry). Liver microsomal incubations were conducted in
duplicate.
LC/MS Analysis:
[0627] The parent remaining in the incubation mixture was
determined by LC/MS. The LC/MS system consisted of an Agilent 1100
series (Agilent Technologies, Waldbronn, Germany) and API 2000 (MDS
SCIEX, Ontario, Canada). A Luna C8(2) (50.times.2.0 mm, particle
size 3 .mu.m, Phenomenex, Torrance, Calif., USA) was used to
quantify each compound at ambient temperature. The mobile phase
consisted of (A): 10 mM NH.sub.4AC (pH 3.3) and (B): 100% ACN and
was delivered at a flow rate of 0.2 ml/min. Elution was achieved
using a linear gradient of 0-100% B over 3 min, then held 100% B
for 4 min and returned to 100% A in 1 min. The column was
equilibrated for 7 min before the next injection.
[0628] The peak area ratios (each substrate over IS) at each
incubation time were expressed as the percentage of the ratios
(each substrate over IS) of the control samples (0 min incubation).
The parent remaining in the incubation mixture was expressed as the
percentage of the values at 0 min incubation. The percentage
turnover is calculated using the following equation (%
turnover=100% turnover-% parent remaining) and is recorded as the
percentage turnover in the Table 2.
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 2 Microsomal metabolic stability. Human Liver
Microsomal Mouse Liver Microsomal Compound Turnover (%) Turnover
(%) A 19 37 B 47 25 E 0 0 EE (Example 18) 88 86
[0629] Compounds A, B and E contain a substituted adamantane,
whereas the adamantane ring of compound EE is unsubstituted. The
microsomal, metabolic, stability data in Table 2 demonstrates that
substituted adamantane compounds of the present invention may
exhibit an increase in metabolic stability compared to
unsubstituted adamantane compounds which may lead to longer in vivo
half lives and pharmacokinetic advantages over unsubstituted
adamantanes.
Selective 11.beta.-HSD1 Inhibitors Enhance Memory Consolidation in
Mice after 2-Week Food-in-Diet Dosing
[0630] Episodic memory is a type of long-term memory that requires
one exposure for memory formation to occur. Patients with
Alzheimer's disease suffer from episodic memory dysfunction, among
other cognitive deficits. In addition, studies indicate that
patients with a genetic risk for Alzheimer's disease have early
deficits in episodic memory and executive function (Ringman, J.
Geriatr. Psychiatry Neurology, 2005, 18:228-233).
[0631] The 24-hour inhibitory avoidance task in mice is a measure
of one-trial learning and memory consolidation in response to a
discrete aversive event (foot-shock). Mice are first placed in an
illuminated compartment of a two-compartment apparatus. Mice will
naturally step through into an adjoining dark compartment, which
they prefer. When the mice enter the dark they receive a mild
foot-shock. To assess memory, mice are tested 24 hours later and
the length of time the animal refrains from entering the dark
compartment is recorded (higher latencies indicate improved memory
for the aversive event).
[0632] Male CD-1 mice were obtained from Charles River, Wilmington,
Mass. Mice were group-housed 10 per cage. The body weight upon
arrival was 20-25 g. Food and water were available ad libitum
except during experiments. Animals were acclimated to the animal
facilities for a period of at least one week prior to commencement
of experiments. Animals were tested in the light phase of a 12-hour
light:12-hour dark schedule (lights on 0600 hours).
[0633] Compound AA
([2-(2-Chloro-4-fluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-N-[(E)-5-(methylsulfonyl)-2-adama-
ntyl]propanamide]) was synthesized at Abbott Laboratories. Compound
AA was administered via a drug-in-diet administration (100
mg/kg/day in Western diet) or (10 mg/kg/day in Western diet).
[0634] On the first day of testing (17 days after drug-in-diet was
presented) mice were removed from the colony room in their home
cage, brought to the testing room, and left undisturbed for 2 hours
prior to testing initiation. Following this habituation period,
drug-in-diet mice were tested. Upon testing initiation, mice were
placed one at a time into the light (safe) compartment of a
two-chambered apparatus (Gemini apparatus, San Diego Instruments,
San Diego, Calif.), during which time the retractable door was
closed. After 30 sec at the completion of the acclimation period
the door between the light and dark compartments was opened.
Measurement of the training latency commenced at this point. This
measure (training) provides some indication of general locomotor
activity. If a mouse has not crossed within 60 s the animal's data
is excluded from the analysis. After the mouse crossed into the
dark chamber the door was lowered and inescapable footshock (0.13
mA, 1 sec duration) was presented to the mouse after it completely
entered the chamber and the door closed. The mouse was immediately
removed from the chamber and returned to the home cage. 24-hours
later the mouse was tested using methods identical to those on the
training day, except without being dosed and without shock
presentation. The latency to enter the dark chamber was recorded
and was the dependent variable measured for assessing memory
retention (latency is defined as entry of the whole mouse; all 4
paws on the grids in the dark side, plus the tail in the chamber
for 5 sec; 180 sec is maximum latency). Data were analyzed using
Mann Whitney U comparisons. P<0.05 was regarded as significant.
As illustrated in FIG. 1, there was a significant improvement in
memory retention following the administration of Compound AA at
both doses compared to the response of vehicle control mice.
A Selective 11.beta.-HSD1 Inhibitor Enhances Phosphorylated CREB, a
Biochemical Marker of Cognitive Enhancement in Mice after 2-Week
Food-in-Diet Dosing
[0635] In vivo signaling studies were conducted to examine the
biochemical pathways that may be mechanistically involved in the
cognitive efficacy associated with Compound AA. An important
signaling process that serves as a biochemical correlate of
synaptic plasticity underlying learning and memory is the
phosphorylation of CREB (c-AMP-response element binding protein), a
transcription factor critical to long-term memory. To investigate
the effects of Compound AA on CREB phosphorylation, CD1 mice
treated and tested (data presented in FIG. 1) were given a 24-hour
rest after testing before immunohistochemical procedures
commenced.
[0636] Male CD-1 mice were obtained from Charles River, Wilmington,
Mass. Mice were group-housed 10 per cage. The body weight upon
arrival was 20-25 g. Food and water were available ad libitum
except during experiments. Animals were acclimated to the animal
facilities for a period of at least one week prior to commencement
of experiments. Animals were tested in the light phase of a 12-hour
light:12-hour dark schedule (lights on 0600 hours).
[0637] Compound AA was administered via a drug-in-diet
administration (100 mg/kg/day in Western diet) or (10 mg/kg/day in
Western diet). 18-days after receiving Compound AA food-in-diet (10
and 100 mg/kg/day) rats were anesthetized and perfused through the
aorta with normal saline followed by 10% formalin. Following
perfusion, brains were removed and postfixed in 20% sucrose-PBS
(phosphate buffered saline) overnight and subsequently cut on a
cryostat (40 .mu.m coronal sections) and collected as free-floating
sections in PBS. Sections were then immunostained for Fos protein
using a 3-step ABC-peroxidase technique beginning with a 30-min
incubation with blocking serum. Sections were next incubated with
anti-phsopho-CREB (rabbit IgG, 1:1000, Cell signaling) antibodies
for 48 hrs at 4 degrees C., washed with PBS and incubated for 1-hr
with either biotinylated secondary anti-sheep or anti-mouse
antibody (Ab) solution (1:200). Finally, sections were washed in
PBS, incubated with ABC reagent (Vector) and then developed in a
peroxidase substrate solution. The sections were mounted,
coverslipped and examined and photographed with a light microscope
(Leica, DMRB). Immuno-reactivity (IR) was quantified using an image
analysis system (Leica, Quantimet 500) that determined number
and/or area of peroxidase substrate-positive stained neurons from
digitized photomicrographs according to a pixel gray level
empirically determined prior to analysis. Overall statistical
significance was determined using a one-way ANOVA, with Dunnett's
post hoc analyses used to determine significance (p<0.05 was
considered significant). FIG. 2 shows the increase in
phosphorylated CREB following the administration of Compound AA
mg/kg/day.
Selective 11.beta.-HSD1 Inhibitors Enhance Memory Consolidation in
Mice after Subtonic Dosing
[0638] The 24-hour inhibitory avoidance model in mice was used to
evaluate the effects of Compound AA and Compound BB
([N-{(E)-5-[(Z)-Amino(hydroxyimino)methyl]-2-adamantyl}-2-(4-chlorophenox-
y)-2-methylpropanamide]) following a subchronic (3 administration)
dosing regimen.
[0639] Male CD-1 mice were obtained from Charles River, Wilmington,
Mass. Mice were group-housed 10 per cage. The body weight upon
arrival was 20-25 g. Food and water were available ad libitum
except during experiments. Animals were acclimated to the animal
facilities for a period of at least one week prior to commencement
of experiments. Animals were tested in the light phase of a 12-hour
light:12-hour dark schedule (lights on 0600 hours).
[0640] Compound AA and Compound BB were synthesized at Abbott
Laboratories. Compounds AA and BB were solubilized in a solution of
5% Tween80/water. Compound AA was administered in a cloudy, fine
suspension, while Compound BB was administered in a solution.
[0641] Mice were weighed and dosed BID (.apprxeq.8 AM and 3 PM) PO
with Compound AA (30 mg/kg), or Compound BB (30 mg/kg) or vehicle
the day before training. On training day, mice were injected with
Compound AA, Compound BB or vehicle one-hour PO before training.
One hour following injection (start of training) mice were
subjected to a training session in which they were placed in a
lighted compartment of a two-compartment chamber (Gemini apparatus,
San Diego Instruments, San Diego, Calif.) with a manually operated
gate separating the compartments. Following a 30 second habituation
period in the lighted compartment, the door to the adjacent dark
compartment was opened. Once the mouse had completely transferred,
the door was closed and a 0.13 mA current was applied to the grid
floor for 1 s. The mouse was then immediately removed and returned
to the home cage. Twenty-four hours later mice were again tested in
the same apparatus, except without shock, and the transfer latency
from the lighted to the dark compartment recorded and used as an
index of memory for the punished response 24 hours earlier. The
electric shock parameters of this test were established such that
vehicle treated mice would only have minimal retention of the
conditioning trial, thus allowing a large window for improvement of
the memory following drug treatment. Data were analyzed using Mann
Whitney U comparisons. P<0.05 was regarded as significant.
[0642] As illustrated in FIG. 3, there was a significant
improvement in memory retention following the administration of
both Compounds AA and BB compared to the response of vehicle
control mice.
A Selective 11.beta.-HSD1 Inhibitor Enhances Short-Term Memory in
Rats after Subchronic Dosing
[0643] Social memory and social cognition are impaired in disorders
such as Alzheimer's disease and schizophrenia. One of the more
commonly used preclinical models of social recognition memory is
short-term social recognition in the rat, a model of short-term
memory based on the recognition of a juvenile rat by an adult rat.
When adult rats are allowed to interact with a juvenile rat for 5
min, the adult exhibits behaviors such as close following, grooming
or sniffing the juvenile for as much as 40-50% of the duration of a
5 min trial. The juvenile rat is then removed and reintroduced 120
min later, and interactive behavior of the adult rat is again
monitored. If memory has been lost over the interval between trials
1 and 2, the extent of interaction is equal (expressed as a ratio
of investigation time of T1/T2) and the ratio will be close to 1.
However, if the adult remembers the juvenile, the investigation
ratio declines. To test for non-specific effects, a novel juvenile
is introduced at 120 minutes instead of the familiar juvenile. If
the ratio is less than 1, this indicates the drug is having effects
that may not be specific to cognition.
[0644] Male Sprague Dawley rats from Charles Rivers (Portage,
Mich., USA) were used. Adults weighed 370-500 g, and juveniles
weighed 70-120 g at the time of testing. All animals were housed in
a quiet room under conditions of 12 h lights on/12 h lights off (on
at 06:00 am) in groups of four with food and water available ad
libitum. Studies were conducted between 08:00 h and 16:00 h, and
treatment groups were arranged for equal representation of time of
day. Compound CC
([N-[(E)-5-Hydroxy-2-adamantyl]-2-{4-[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]pip-
erazin-1-yl}acetamide], 30 mg/kg) was dissolved in PEG 400 using a
warm sonicator bath. Compound was administered in solution in a
volume of 1 mL/1 g body weight, p.o.
[0645] Rats were pre-dosed po at 24, 18 and 1 hour before first
juvenile rat exposure with vehicle, or Compound CC (30 mg/kg).
During testing, the adult rat was placed into the test cage. After
30 min, a juvenile rat was placed into the test cage with the adult
rat for 5 min. The time the adult spent exploring (sniffing,
grooming, close following) the juvenile during this test session
was recorded, and defined as the first investigation duration. The
juvenile was then removed from the test cage, and placed into its
home cage. Following a further 90 min, the adult was placed back
into the same test chamber, for a second 30-min habituation.
Following this second habituation the same juvenile (familiar) was
again placed into the test cage for a 5-min test session; the time
spent exploring the juvenile during this test session was defined
as the second investigation duration. Vehicle treated rats do not
remember the familiar juvenile following this two hr delay. Data
were analyzed using a one-way analysis of variance. If there was a
significant effect, subsequent post hoc significance was determined
using Dunnett's multiple comparison testing (p<0.05 was regarded
as significant).
[0646] As shown in FIG. 4, there was a significant improvement in
short-term memory retention following the administration of
Compound CC compared to the response of vehicle control rats.
Effects of 11.beta.HSD-1 Inhibitor on Rat Wake EEG Power Spectrum
and REM Sleep Parameter
[0647] EEG of Fisher rats (n=8/group) with chronically implanted
supracortical EEG-electrodes were analyzed for an 8 h period.
Intraindividual drug-induced changes of power spectra were
analyzed. For REM sleep the number of REM episodes, latency to
first REM, and total REM time was analyzed. Compound CC (30 mg/kg;
3 times at 24, 26, and 0.1 hours before measurement) significantly
reduced the number of REM sleep episodes by 16% (total sleep time
by 10%); the corresponding REM time was reduced by 23%. The latency
to first REM significantly increased by 62% (See FIGS. 5a, 5b and
5c, respectively).
[0648] The observed effects on REM were in line with the effects of
antidepressants like SSRIs and TCAs. These effects differ from the
procognitive effects induced by inhibitors of ACh-esteras like
donepezil and physostigmine.
Modulation of Cortical/Hippocampal Acetylcholine Serotonin Release
by 11.beta.-HSD1 Inhibition
[0649] Microdialysis studies (resting or challenging conditions) in
freely moving, male Sprague Dawley rats (Janvier, 295-315 g,
n=5-8/treatment group) were performed using stereotactically
instrumented microdialysis probes (CMA/12-14-2): mPFC, hippocampus.
Aliquots of the same microdialysate fractions (6 before, and 9-12
after compound administration) were analyzed either for
acetylcholine or for serotonin by HPLC and electrochemical
detection.
[0650] Microdialysate Acetylcholine Levels
[0651] Acute, single administration of Compound CC (30 mg/kg, p.o.)
did not change ACh release under resting conditions. Challenging
conditions as the transfer from home cage to novel cage, and back
to home cage resulted in stimulation of ACh release (see FIGS. 6a,
6b and 6c). Single administration of Compound CC did not induce any
further stimulation of ACh release, neither in the cortex nor in
the hippocampus.
[0652] Microdialysate Serotonin Levels
[0653] Single administration of Compound CC (30 mg/kg, p.o.)
resulted in a long-lasting increase of serotonin (5-HT) levels in
the medial prefrontal cortex and in the hippocampus. This is a
feature shared by marketed anti-depressive drugs and might indicate
the potential use for 11.beta.-HSD1 inhibitors as
antidepressants/anxiolytic drugs. These findings remain to be
confirmed by (i) investigating 11.beta.-HSD1 inhibitors from
different chemotype(s) in selected microdialysis studies and/or
(ii) in animal models of depression/anxiety. Additionally, these
results differentiate 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibition from acetylcholine
esterase inhibition, the current therapeutic principle for
symptomatic treatment of Alzheimer's disease.
Effects of HSD-1 Inhibitors on Monkey Ex Vivo HSD1 Activity
[0654] Compound AA demonstrated potent ex vivo inhibition of monkey
brain, fat and liver 2.5 and 16 hours following a single oral 10
mg/kg dose. Harvested tissues (approximately 150 mg) were minced
into small, 2 mm pieces in the presence of 5.times. volume of
incubation buffer. Cortisone at final concentrations of 0, 3, 10 or
30 .mu.M was added to each well. Cell culture plates with tissues
were incubated at 37.degree. C. for three hours. Two-hundred .mu.L
of tissue culture supernatant was then removed and spun at 1000 rpm
in an Eppindorf tube, and then 100 .mu.L of resulting supernatant
was aliquotted into two tubes for LCMS analysis of cortisol.
Results are indicated as & vehicle control activity in the
table below:
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 3 HSD-1 Ex Vivo Activity in Cynomolgus Monkeys
Following a Single 10 mg/kg Oral Dose of Compound AA Tissue Time
Mean % Veh Control Liver 2.5 hours 38% Mesenteric Fat 2.5 hours 90%
Liver 16 hours 9% Mesenteric Fat 16 hours 50% Cerebral Cortex 16
hours 30% Hippocampus 16 hours 42% N = 3/group
Biochemical Mechanism
[0655] Glucocorticoids are steroid hormones that play an important
role in regulating multiple physiological processes in a wide range
of tissues and organs. For example, glucocorticoids are potent
regulators of glucose and lipid metabolism. Excess glucocorticoid
action may lead to insulin resistance, type 2 diabetes,
dyslipidemia, visceral obesity and hypertension. Cortisol is the
major active and cortisone is the major inactive form of
glucocorticoids in humans, while corticosterone and
dehydrocorticosterone are the major active and inactive forms in
rodents.
[0656] Previously, the main determinants of glucocorticoid action
were thought to be the circulating hormone concentration and the
density of glucocorticoid receptors in the target tissues. In the
last decade, it was discovered that tissue glucocorticoid levels
may also be controlled by 11.beta.-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases
enzymes (11.beta.-HSDs). There are two 11.beta.-HSD isozymes which
have different substrate affinities and cofactors. The
11.beta.-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases type 1 enzyme
(11.beta.-HSD-1) is a low affinity enzyme with K.sub.m for
cortisone in the micromolar range that prefers NADPH/NADP.sup.+
(nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide) as cofactors. 11.beta.-HSD-1 is
widely expressed and particularly high expression levels are found
in liver, brain, lung, adipose tissue and vascular smooth muscle
cells. In vitro studies indicate that 11.beta.-HSD-1 is capable of
acting both as a reductase and a dehydrogenase. However, many
studies have shown that it is predominantly a reductase in vivo and
in intact cells. It converts inactive 11-ketoglucocorticoids (i.e.,
cortisone or dehydrocorticosterone) to active
11-hydroxyglucocorticoids (i.e., cortisol or corticosterone) and
therefore amplifies the glucocorticoid action in a tissue-specific
manner.
[0657] With only 20% homology to 11.beta.-HSD-1, the
11.beta.-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases type 2 enzyme
(11.beta.-HSD-2) is a NAD.sup.+-dependent, high affinity
dehydrogenase with a K.sub.m for cortisol in the nanomolar range.
11.beta.-HSD-2 is found primarily in mineralocorticoid target
tissues, such as kidney, colon and placenta. Glucocorticoid action
is mediated by the binding of glucocorticoids to receptors, such as
mineralocorticoid receptors and glucocorticoid receptors. Through
binding to its receptor, the main mineralocorticoid aldosterone
controls the water and salts balance in the body. However, the
mineralocorticoid receptors have a high affinity for both cortisol
and aldosterone. 11.beta.-HSD-2 converts cortisol to inactive
cortisone, therefore preventing the non-selective mineralocorticoid
receptors from being exposed to high levels of cortisol. Mutations
in the gene encoding 11.beta.-HSD-2 cause Apparent
Mineralocorticoid Excess Syndrome (AME), which is a congenital
syndrome resulting in hypokaleamia and severe hypertension. AME
Patients have elevated cortisol levels in mineralocorticoid target
tissues due to reduced 11.beta.-HSD-2 activity. The AME symptoms
may also be induced by administration of 11.beta.-HSD-2 inhibitor,
glycyrrhetinic acid. The activity of 11.beta.-HSD-2 in placenta is
probably important for protecting the fetus from excess exposure to
maternal glucocorticoids, which may result in hypertension, glucose
intolerance and growth retardation. Due to the potential side
effects resulting from 11.beta.-HSD-2 inhibition, the present
invention describes selective 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitors.
[0658] Glucocorticoid levels and/or activity may contribute to
numerous disorders, including Type II diabetes, obesity,
dyslipidemia, insulin resistance and hypertension. Administration
of the compounds of the present invention decreases the level of
cortisol and other 11.beta.-hydroxysteroids in target tissues,
thereby reducing the effects of glucucocrticoid activity in key
target tissues. The present invention could be used for the
treatment, control, amelioration, prevention, delaying the onset of
or reducing the risk of developing the diseases and conditions that
are described herein.
[0659] Since glucocorticoids are potent regulators of glucose and
lipid metabolism, glucocorticoid action may contribute or lead to
insulin resistance, type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia, visceral obesity
and hypertension. For example, cortisol antagonizes the insulin
effect in liver resulting in reduced insulin sensitivity and
increased gluconeogenesis. Therefore, patients who already have
impaired glucose tolerance have a greater probability of developing
type 2 diabetes in the presence of abnormally high levels of
cortisol. Previous studies (B. R. Walker et al., J. of Clin.
Endocrinology and Met., 80: 3155-3159, 1995) have demonstrated that
administration of non-selective 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor,
carbenoxolone, improves insulin sensitivity in humans. Therefore,
administration of a therapeutically effective amount of an
11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor may treat, control, ameliorate, delay, or
prevent the onset of type 2 diabetes.
[0660] Administration of glucocorticoids in vivo has been shown to
reduce insulin secretion in rats (B. Billaudel et al., Horm. Metab.
Res. 11: 555-560, 1979). It has also been reported that conversion
of dehydrocorticosterone to corticosterone by 11.beta.-HSD-1
inhibits insulin secretion from isolated murine pancreatic .beta.
cells. (B. Davani et al., J. Biol. Chem., 275: 34841-34844, 2000),
and that incubation of isolated islets with an 11.beta.-HSD-1
inhibitor improves glucose-stimulated insulin secretion (H Orstater
et al., Diabetes Metab. Res. Rev. 21: 359-366, 2005). Therefore,
administration of a therapeutically effective amount of an
11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor may treat, control, ameliorate, delay, or
prevent the onset of type 2 diabetes by improving
glucose-stimulated insulin secretion in the pancreas.
[0661] Abdominal obesity is closely associated with glucose
intolerance (C. T. Montaque et al., Diabetes, 49: 883-888, 2000),
hyperinsulinemia, hypertriglyceridemia and other factors of
metabolic syndrome (also known as syndrome X), such as high blood
pressure, elevated VLDL and reduced HDL. Animal data supporting the
role of 11.beta.-HSD-1 in the pathogenesis of the metabolic
syndrome is extensive (Masuzaki, et al. Science. 294: 2166-2170,
2001; Paterson, J. M., et al.; Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 101:
7088-93, 2004; Montague and O'Rahilly. Diabetes. 49: 883-888,
2000). Therefore, administration of a therapeutically effective
amount of an 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor may treat, control,
ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of obesity. Long-term
treatment with an 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor may also be useful in
delaying the onset of obesity, or perhaps preventing it entirely if
the patients use an 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor in combination with
controlled diet, exercise, or in combination or sequence with other
pharmacological approaches.
[0662] By reducing insulin resistance and/or maintaining serum
glucose at normal concentrations and/or reducing obesity compounds
of the present invention also have utility in the treatment and
prevention of conditions that accompany Type 2 diabetes and insulin
resistance, including the metabolic syndrome or syndrome X,
obesity, reactive hypoglycemia, and diabetic dyslipidemia.
[0663] 11.beta.-HSD-1 is present in multiple tissues, including
vascular smooth muscle, where local glucocorticoid levels that are
thought to increase insulin resistance, leading to reductions in
nitric oxide production, and potentiation of the vasoconstrictive
effects of both catecholamines and angiotensin II (M. Pirpiris et
al., Hypertension, 19:567-574, 1992, C. Kornel et al., Steroids,
58: 580-587, 1993, B. R. Walker and B. C. Williams, Clin. Sci.
82:597-605, 1992; Hodge, G. et al Exp. Physiol 87: 1-8, 2002). High
levels of cortisol in tissues where the mineralocorticoid receptor
is present may lead to hypertension, as observed in Cushing's
patients (See, D. N. Orth, N. Engl. J. Med. 332:791-803, 1995, M.
Boscaro, et al., Lancet, 357: 783-791, 2001, X. Bertagna, et al,
Cushing's Disease. In: Melmed S., Ed. The Pituitary. 2.sup.nd ed.
Malden, Mass.: Blackwell; 592-612, 2002). Transgenic mice
overexpressing 11.beta.-HSD-1 in liver and fat are also
hypertensive, a phenotype believed to result from glucocorticoid
activation of the renin angiotensin system (Paterson, J. M. et al,
PNAS. 101: 7088-93, 2004; Masuzaki, H. et al, J. Clin. Invest. 112:
83-90, 2003). Therefore, administration of a therapeutically
effective dose of an 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor may treat, control,
ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of hypertension.
[0664] Cushing's syndrome is a life-threatening metabolic disorder
characterized by sustained and elevated glucocorticoid levels
caused by the endogenous and excessive production of cortisol from
the adrenal glands. Typical Cushingoid characteristics include
central obesity, diabetes and/or insulin resistance, moon face,
buffalo hump, skin thinning, dyslipidemia, osteoporosis, reduced
cognitive capacity, dementia, hypertension, sleep deprivation, and
atherosclerosis among others (Principles and Practice of
Endocrinology and Metabolism. Edited by Kenneth Becker, Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins Pulishers, Philadelphia, 2001; pg 723-8). The
same characteristics can also arise from the exogenous
administration of high doses of exogenous glucocorticoids, such as
prednisone or dexamethasone, as part of an anti-inflammatory
treatment regimen. Endogenous Cushings typically evolves from
pituitary hyperplasia, some other ectopic source of ACTH, or from
an adrenal carcinoma or nodular hyperplasia. Administration of a
therapeutically effective dose of an 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor may
reduce local glucocorticoid concentrations and therefore treat,
control, ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of Cushing's
disease and/or similar symptoms arising from glucocorticoid
treatment.
[0665] 11.beta.-HSD-1 is expressed in mammalian brain, and
published data indicates that glucocorticoids may cause neuronal
degeneration and dysfunction, particularly in the aged (de Quervain
et al.; Hum Mol Genet. 13: 47-52, 2004; Belanoff et al. J.
Psychiatr Res. 35: 127-35, 2001). Evidence in rodents and humans
suggests that prolonged elevation of plasma glucocorticoid levels
impairs cognitive function that becomes more profound with aging.
(Issa, A. M. et al. J. Neurosci. 10: 3247-54, 1990; Lupien, S. J et
al. Nat. Neurosci. 1: 69-73, 1998; Yau, J. L. W. et al., Proc Natl
Acad Sci USA. 98: 4716-4712, 2001). Thekkapat et al has recently
shown that 11.beta.-HSD-1 mRNA is expressed in human hippocampus,
frontal cortex and cerebellum, and that treatment of elderly
diabetic individuals with the non-selective HSD1/2 inhibitor
carbenoxolone improved verbal fluency and memory (Proc Natl Acad
Sci USA. 101: 6743-9, 2004). Additional CNS effects of
glucocorticoids include glucocorticoid-induced acute psychosis
which is of major concern to physicians when treating patients with
these steroidal agents (Wolkowitz et al.; Ann NY Acad. Sci. 1032:
191-4, 2004). Conditional mutagenesis studies of the glucocorticoid
receptor in mice have also provided genetic evidence that reduced
glucocorticoid signaling in the brain results in decreased anxiety
(Tronche, F. et al. (1999) Nature Genetics 23: 99-103). Therefore,
it is expected that potent, selective 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitors
would treat, control, ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of
cognitive decline, dementia, steroid-induced acute psychosis,
depression, and/or anxiety.
[0666] In Cushing's patients, excess cortisol levels contributes to
the development of hypertension, dyslipidemia, insulin resistance,
and obesity, conditions characteristic of metabolic syndrome (Orth,
D. N. et al N. Engl. J. Med. 332:791-803, 1995; Boscaro, M. et al.,
Lancet, 357: 783-791, 2001, Bertagna, X. et al, Cushing's Disease.
In: Melmed S., Ed. The Pituitary. 2.sup.nd ed. Malden, Mass.:
Blackwell; 592-612, 2002). Hypertension and dyslipidemia are also
associated with development of atherosclerosis. 11.beta.-HSD-1
knockout mice are resistant to the dyslipidemic effects of a high
fat diet and have an improved lipid profile vs wild type controls
(Morton N. M. et al, JBC, 276: 41293-41300, 2001), and mice which
overexpress 11.beta.-HSD-1 in fat exhibit the dyslipidemic
phenotype characteristic of metabolic syndrome, including elevated
circulating free fatty acids, and triclylgerides (Masuzaki, H., et
al Science. 294: 2166-2170, 2001). Administration of a selective
11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor has also been shown to reduce elevated
plasma triglycerides and free fatty acids in mice on a high fat
diet, and significantly reduce aortic content of cholesterol
esters, and reduce progression of atherosclerotic plaques in mice
(Hermanowski-Vosatka, A. et al. J. Exp. Med. 202: 517-27, 2005).
The administration of a therapeutically effective amount of an
11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor would therefore be expected to treat,
control, ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of dyslipidemia
and/or atherosclerosis.
[0667] Glucocorticoids are known to cause a variety of skin related
side effects including skin thinning, and impairment of wound
healing (Anstead, G. Adv Wound Care. 11: 277-85, 1998; Beer, et
al.; Vitam Horm. 59: 217-39, 2000). 11.beta.-HSD-1 is expressed in
human skin fibroblasts, and it has been shown that the topical
treatment with the non-selective HSD1/2 inhibitor glycerrhetinic
acid increases the potency of topically applied hydrocortisone in a
skin vasoconstrictor assay (Hammami, M M, and Siiteri, P K. J.
Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 73: 326-34, 1991). Advantageous effects of
selective 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitors such as BVT.2733 on wound
healing have also been reported (WO 2004/11310). High levels of
glucocorticoids inhibit blood flow and formation of new blood
vessels to healing tissues. In vitro and in vivo models of
angiogenesis have shown that systemic antagonism with the
glucocorticoid receptor RU-486 enchances angiogenesis in
subcutaneous sponges as well as in mouse myocardium following
coronary artery ligation (Walker, et al, PNAS, 102: 12165-70,
2005). 11.beta.-HSD-1 knockout mice also showed enhanced
angiogenesis in vitro and in vivo within sponges, wounds, and
infarcted myocardium. It is therefore expected that potent,
selective 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitors would treat, control,
ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of skin thinning and/or
promote wound healing and/or angiogenesis.
[0668] Although cortisol is an important and well-recognized
anti-inflammatory agent (J. Baxer, Pharmac. Ther., 2:605-659,
1976), if present in large amount it also has detrimental effects.
In certain disease states, such as tuberculosis, psoriasis and
stress in general, high glucocorticoid activity shifts the immune
response to a humoral response, when in fact a cell based response
may be more beneficial to patients. Inhibition of 11.beta.-HSD-1
activity may reduce glucocorticoid levels, thereby shifting the
immuno response to a cell based response. (D. Mason, Immunology
Today, 12: 57-60, 1991, G. A. W. Rook, Baillier's Clin. Endocrinol.
Metab. 13: 576-581, 1999). Therefore, administration of
11.beta.-HSD-1 specific inhibitors could treat, control,
ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of tuberculosis, psoriasis,
stress, and diseases or conditions where high glucocorticoid
activity shifts the immune response to a humoral response.
[0669] One of the more significant side effects associated with
topical and systemic glucocorticoid therapy is glaucoma, resulting
in serious increases in intraocular pressure, with the potential to
result in blindness (Armaly et al.; Arch Opthalmol. 78: 193-7,
1967; Stokes et al.; Invest Opthalmol Vis Sci. 44: 5163-7, 2003;).
The cells that produce the majority of aqueous humor in the eye are
the nonpigmented epithelial cells (NPE). These cells have been
demonstrated to express 11.beta.-HSD-1, and consistent with the
expression of 11.beta.-HSD-1, is the finding of elevated ratios of
cortisol:cortisone in the aqueous humor (Rauz et al. Invest
Opthalmol Vis Sci. 42: 2037-2042, 2001). Furthermore, it has been
shown that patients who have glaucoma, but who are not taking
exogenous steroids, have elevated levels of cortisol vs. cortisone
in their aqueous humor (Rauz et al. QJM. 96: 481-490, 2003.)
Treatment of patients with the nonselective HSD 1/2 inhibitor
carbenoxolone for 4 or 7 days significantly lowered intraocular
pressure and local cortisol generation within the eye (Rauz et al.;
QJM. 96: 481-490, 2003.). It is therefore expected that potent,
selective 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitors would treat, control,
ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of glaucoma.
[0670] Glucocorticoids (GCs) are known to increase bone resorption
and reduce bone formation in mammals (Turner et al. Calcif Tissue
Int. 54: 311-5, 1995; Lane, N E et al. Med Pediatr Oncol. 41:
212-6, 2003). 11.beta.-HSD-1 mRNA expression and reductase activity
have been demonstrated in primary cultures of human osteoblasts in
homogenates of human bone (Bland et al.; J. Endocrinol. 161:
455-464, 1999; Cooper et al.; Bone, 23: 119-125, 2000). In surgical
explants obtained from orthopedic operations, 11-HSD-1 expression
in primary cultures of osteoblasts was found to be increased
approximately 3-fold between young and old donors (Cooper et al.;
J. Bone Miner Res. 17: 979-986, 2002). Glucocorticoids, such as
prednisone and dexamethasone, are also commonly used to treat a
variety of inflammatory conditions including arthritis,
inflammatory bowl disease, and asthma. These steroidal agents have
been shown to increase expression of 11.beta.-HSD-1 mRNA and
activity in human osteoblasts (Cooper et al.; J. Bone Miner Res.
17: 979-986, 2002). These studies suggest that 11.beta.-HSD-1 plays
a potentially important role in the development of bone-related
adverse events as a result of excessive glucocorticoid levels or
activity. Bone samples taken from healthy human volunteers orally
dosed with the non-selective HSD1/2 inhibitor carbenoxolone showed
a significant decrease in markers of bone resorption (Cooper et
al.; Bone. 27: 375-81, 2000). It is therefore expected that potent,
selective 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitors would treat, control,
ameliorate, delay, or prevent the onset of conditions of
glucocorticoid-induced or age-dependent osteoporosis
[0671] The following diseases, disorders and conditions can be
treated, controlled, prevented or delayed, by treatment with the
compounds of this invention: (1) hyperglycemia, (2) low glucose
tolerance, (3) insulin resistance, (4) lipid disorders, (5)
hyperlipidemia, (6) hypertriglyceridemia, (9) hypercholesterolemia,
(10) low HDL levels, (11) high LDL levels, (12), atherosclerosis
and its sequelae, (13) vascular restensosis, (14) pancreatitis,
(15) abdominal obesity, (16) neurodegenerative disease, (17)
retinopathy, (18) nephropather, (19), neuropathy, (20) hypertension
and other disorders where insulin resistance is a component, and
(21) other diseases, disorders, and conditions that can benefit
from reduced local glucocorticoid levels.
Neuronal Effects of 11.beta.-HSD Inhibitors
[0672] Studies have shown that in homogenates of hippocampus, both
dehydrogenation and reduction occur (V. Lakshmi, et al.,
Endocrinol., 128, 1741-1748, 1991) and that 11.beta.-HSD-1 is
expressed in mammalian brain, and published data indicates that
glucocorticoids may cause neuronal degeneration and dysfunction (de
Quervain et al., Hum Mol Genet. 13: 47-52, 2004; Belanoff et al.,
J. Psychiatr Res., 35: 127-35, 2001). Several studies have
demonstrated 11.beta.-HSD activity, immunoreactivity and mRNA
expression in hippocampal neurons (M-P Moisan, et al., Endocrinol
127, 1450-1455, 1990; V. Lakshmi, et al., Endocrinol., 128,
1741-1748, 1991; R R Sakai, et al., J Neuroendocrinol., 4, 101-106,
1992). Administration of 11.beta.-HSD inhibitors alters functional
activity in the hippocampus in vivo (J R Seckl, et al., J
Endocrinol 136, 471-477, 1993). Evidence in rodents and humans
suggests that prolonged elevation of plasma glucocorticoid levels
impairs cognitive function that becomes more profound with aging
(A. M. Issa et al., J. Neurosci., 10: 3247-3254, 1990, S. J.
Lupien, et. al., Nat. Neurosci., 1:69-73 1998, J. L. Yau et al.,
Neuroscience, 66: 571-581, 1995). Chronic excessive cortisol levels
in the brain may result in neuronal loss and neuronal dysfunction.
(See, D. S. Kerr et al., Psychobiology 22: 123-133, 1994, C.
Woolley, Brain Res. 531: 225-231, 1990, P. W. Landfield, Science,
272: 1249-1251, 1996). Furthermore, glucocorticoid-induced acute
psychosis exemplifies a more pharmacological induction of this
response, and is of major concern to physicians when treating
patients with these steroidal agents (Wolkowitz et al., Ann NY
Acad. Sci. 1032: 191-4, 2004). Thekkapat et al have recently shown
that 11.beta.-HSD-1 mRNA is expressed in human hippocampus, frontal
cortex and cerebellum, and that treatment of elderly diabetic
individuals with the non-selective 11.beta.-HSD-1 and
11.beta.-HSD-2 inhibitor carbenoxolone improved verbal fluency and
memory (Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 101: 6743-9, 2004). In addition,
Walker et al have examined 11.beta.-HSD activity and its function
in primary cultures of fetal hippocampus cells (U.S. Pat. No.
7,122,531; U.S. Pat. No. 7,087,400; Rajan V, et al., J Neurosci.,
16, 65-70 (1996)), the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference.
[0673] Therefore, the CNS diseases, disorders and conditions can be
treated, controlled, prevented or delayed, by treatment with the
compounds of this invention. Administration of a therapeutic dose
of an 11.beta.-HSD-1 inhibitor may reduce, ameliorate, control
and/or prevent disorders such as the cognitive impairment
associated with aging, neuronal dysfunction, dementia,
steroid-induced acute psychosis, decline in cognitive function in
Alzheimer's and associated dementias, cognitive deficits associated
with aging and neurodegeneration, dementia, senile dementia, AIDS
dementia, depression, major depressive disorder, psychotic
depression, treatment resistant depression, anxiety, panic
disorder, post traumatic stress disorder, depression in Cushing's
syndrome, steroid-induced acute psychosis, cognitive deficits
associated with diabetes, attention deficit disorder in general,
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), mild cognitive
impairment, and schizophrenia.
[0674] HSD-1 related disorders include, but are not limited to,
non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes, insulin resistance, obesity,
lipid disorders, metabolic syndrome, hyperglycemia, low glucose
tolerance, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia,
hypercholesterolemia, low HDL levels, high LDL levels,
atherosclerosis and its sequelae, vascular restensosis,
pancreatitis, abdominal obesity, retinopathy, nephropather,
neuropathy, hypertension, other disorders where insulin resistance
is a component, cognitive impairment associated with aging,
neuronal dysfunction, dementia, steroid-induced acute psychosis,
decline in cognitive function in Alzheimer's disease and associated
dementias, cognitive deficits associated with aging and
neurodegeneration, dementia, senile dementia, AIDS dementia,
anxiety, panic disorder, post traumatic stress disorder,
steroid-induced acute psychosis, cognitive deficits associated with
diabetes, attention deficit disorder in general, attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), mild cognitive impairment,
schizophrenia, and depression including major depressive disorder,
psychotic depression, depression in Cushing's syndrome, and
treatment resistant depression.
[0675] Accordingly, an embodiment is a method of inhibiting
11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type I enzyme, comprising
administering to a mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound of formula (I). Another embodiment is treating or
prophylactically treating the above disorders in a mammal. The
disorders may be mediated by excessive glucocorticoid action in a
mammal.
Therapeutic Compositions-Administration-Dose Ranges
[0676] Therapeutic compositions of the present compounds comprise
an effective amount of the same formulated with one or more
therapeutically suitable excipients. The term "therapeutically
suitable excipient," as used herein, generally refers to
pharmaceutically suitable, solid, semi-solid or liquid fillers,
diluents, encapsulating material, formulation auxiliary and the
like. Examples of therapeutically suitable excipients include, but
are not limited to, sugars, cellulose and derivatives thereof,
oils, glycols, solutions, buffers, colorants, releasing agents,
coating agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming
agents and the like. Such therapeutic compositions may be
administered parenterally, intracistemally, orally, rectally,
intraperitoneally or by other dosage forms known in the art.
[0677] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are
not limited to, emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions,
syrups and elixirs. Liquid dosage forms may also contain diluents,
solubilizing agents, emulsifying agents, inert diluents, wetting
agents, emulsifiers, sweeteners, flavorants, perfuming agents and
the like.
[0678] Injectable preparations include, but are not limited to,
sterile, injectable, aqueous, oleaginous solutions, suspensions,
emulsions and the like. Such preparations may also be formulated to
include, but are not limited to, parenterally suitable diluents,
dispersing agents, wetting agents, suspending agents and the like.
Such injectable preparations may be sterilized by filtration
through a bacterial-retaining filter. Such preparations may also be
formulated with sterilizing agents that dissolve or disperse in the
injectable media or other methods known in the art.
[0679] The absorption of the compounds of the present invention may
be delayed using a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous
material having poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of
the compounds generally depends upon the rate of dissolution and
crystallinity. Delayed absorption of a parenterally administered
compound may also be accomplished by dissolving or suspending the
compound in oil. Injectable depot dosage forms may also be prepared
by microencapsulating the same in biodegradable polymers. The rate
of drug release may also be controlled by adjusting the ratio of
compound to polymer and the nature of the polymer employed. Depot
injectable formulations may also prepared by encapsulating the
compounds in liposomes or microemulsions compatible with body
tissues.
[0680] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are
not limited to, capsules, tablets, gels, pills, powders, granules
and the like. The drug compound is generally combined with at least
one therapeutically suitable excipient, such as carriers, fillers,
extenders, disintegrating agents, solution retarding agents,
wetting agents, absorbents, lubricants and the like. Capsules,
tablets and pills may also contain buffering agents. Suppositories
for rectal administration may be prepared by mixing the compounds
with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary
temperature but fluid in the rectum.
[0681] The present drug compounds may also be microencapsulated
with one or more excipients. Tablets, dragees, capsules, pills and
granules may also be prepared using coatings and shells, such as
enteric and release or rate controlling polymeric and nonpolymeric
materials. For example, the compounds may be mixed with one or more
inert diluents. Tableting may further include lubricants and other
processing aids. Similarly, capsules may contain opacifying agents
that delay release of the compounds in the intestinal tract.
[0682] Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing
controlled delivery of the present compounds to the body. Such
dosage forms are prepared by dissolving or dispensing the compounds
in suitable medium. Absorption enhancers may also be used to
increase the flux of the compounds across the skin. The rate of
absorption may be controlled by employing a rate controlling
membrane. The compounds may also be incorporated into a polymer
matrix or gel.
[0683] For a given dosage form, disorders of the present invention
may be treated, prophylatically treated, or have their onset
delayed in a patient by administering to the patient a
therapeutically effective amount of compound of the present
invention in accordance with a suitable dosing regimen. In other
words, a therapeutically effective amount of any one of compounds
of formulas I thru IX is administered to a patient to treat and/or
prophylatically treat disorders modulated by the
11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme. The specific
therapeutically effective dose level for a given patient population
may depend upon a variety of factors including, but not limited to,
the specific disorder being treated, the severity of the disorder;
the activity of the compound, the specific composition or dosage
form, age, body weight, general health, sex, diet of the patient,
the time of administration, route of administration, rate of
excretion, duration of the treatment, drugs used in combination,
coincidental therapy and other factors known in the art.
[0684] The present invention also includes therapeutically suitable
metabolites formed by in vivo biotransformation of any of the
compounds of formula I thru IX. The term "therapeutically suitable
metabolite", as used herein, generally refers to a pharmaceutically
active compound formed by the in vivo biotransformation of
compounds of formula I thru IX. For example, pharmaceutically
active metabolites include, but are not limited to, compounds made
by adamantane hydroxylation or polyhydroxylation of any of the
compounds of formulas I thru IX. A discussion of biotransformation
is found in Goodman and Gilman's, The Pharmacological Basis of
Therapeutics, seventh edition, MacMillan Publishing Company, New
York, N.Y., (1985).
[0685] The total daily dose (single or multiple) of the drug
compounds of the present invention necessary to effectively inhibit
the action of 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme
may range from about 0.01 mg/kg/day to about 50 mg/kg/day of body
weight and more preferably about 0.1 mg/kg/day to about 25
mg/kg/day of body weight. Treatment regimens generally include
administering from about 10 mg to about 1000 mg of the compounds
per day in single or multiple doses.
[0686] It is understood that the foregoing detailed description and
accompanying examples are merely illustrative and are not to be
taken as limitations upon the scope of the invention, which is
defined solely by the appended claims and their equivalents.
Various changes and modifications to the disclosed aspects will be
apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and
modifications, including without limitation those relating to the
chemical structures, substituents, derivatives, intermediates,
syntheses, formulations and/or methods of use of the invention, may
be made without departing from the spirit and scope thereof.
* * * * *